2301.6.0.0
Sep 16, 2024

ILY

Hotfix
#160475
Events within Integration Layer were experiencing unusually long run-times, leading to performance issues.

2403.5.0.0
Sep 13, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#222703
The system fails to transfer the unit price from the sales contract line when creating a sales order.

2406.1.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

APR

Enhancement
With this release of the Aptean Advanced Pricing extension, you can edit the applied direct unit cost value in the Applied Direct Unit Cost field on the Purchase Credit Memo page. This enhancement addresses the issue reported in bug ID #224131.

2403.1.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

CDM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.9.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#229779
The system displays an error message when executing the Change Status action on the Released Production Order page to change the production order status to Finished, as the system incorrectly checked if an associated assembly header exists.

2403.6.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

FND

2405.1.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

MWR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.21.182858.0
Sep 12, 2024

PRS

2402.7.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

REP

2404.2.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

SFP

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.11.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

TAX

2404.3.0.0
Sep 12, 2024

TRA

2403.7.0.0
Sep 11, 2024

ASM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2404.0.0.0
Sep 11, 2024

CMG

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

Enhancement
You can define Closed Manually option in the Invoice State field for lines on the Rent Invoice Buffer page. You can use the Closed Manually and Reopen Closed Manually actions to update the Invoice State field value from New to Closed Manually and vice versa. You can also select multiple lines to perform these actions simultaneously. You will receive an error if these actions are used with other options.

2403.5.0.0
Sep 11, 2024

FND

2405.3.0.0
Sep 11, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#219290
The system incorrectly updates the License Plate No. field on the Item Ledger Entries page for entries created during the posting of a warehouse receipt. This issue occurs when: The warehouse receipt is associated with a transfer order from a license plate tracked location to a non-license plate tracked location. Multiple users post the warehouse receipt simultaneously.

1.20.182407.0
Sep 11, 2024

PRS

2403.10.0.0
Sep 11, 2024

TAX

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2312.2.0.0
Sep 10, 2024

CDC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2407.2.0.0
Sep 10, 2024

PRM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2409.2.0.0
Sep 10, 2024

TMT

2301.5.0.0
Sep 09, 2024

COD

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2407.2.0.0
Sep 09, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#231796
The system fails to process the EDI message when a lot number or license plate number is not available on the associated Aptean EDI 850 inbound port card. Additionally, this causes an error in bcFood while importing the corresponding EDI message.
Hotfix
#222691
An error occurs on the EDI Port page upon executing the Single Receive or Receive All action when the File Type field is set to Text and a .xml file is imported, or vice versa.

1.19.181973.0
Sep 09, 2024

PRS

2403.5.0.0
Sep 09, 2024

SPC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

Hotfix
#231502
The system incorrectly calculates condition lines related to tax and empty goods lines. This issue occurs when the Calculate on Tax and Calculate on Deposit fields on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule page are set to Add Up or Subtract for the associated sample item.
Hotfix
#231707
The system fails to update the sales and purchase condition document lines and incorrectly calculates the item charge lines for the items with discounts. This issue occurs only when the related order entry page is re-opened, quantity is changed and order entry page is closed.
Hotfix
#219054
The system fails to update the sales purchase condition lines associated with an item after modifying item quantity. This issue occurs in both sales and purchase orders when a released order is reopened, the quantity is changed, and the order is re-released.

2401.3.0.0
Sep 06, 2024

CMG

Hotfix
#230511
The system incorrectly deletes the attachments on the Customer Contract Card page when deleting a customer contract entry without attachments from the Customer Contracts list page.

1.29.115784.0
Sep 06, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#137586
An error occurs when a quick scan is used to enter the Purchase Return Order No. for warehouse picks.

1.2.180572.0
Sep 06, 2024

apteancrm

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

Hotfix
#227088
A permission error occurs on the Vendor Card page when creating a new vendor record.

2403.6.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

EGM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2421.0.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

ILY

2402.0.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

ISS

2402.4.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

LIM

2405.0.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

MWR

2406.1.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

OUD

2403.9.0.0
Sep 05, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#230435
The system incorrectly updates the sign in the Amount (LCY) field on the General Ledger Entries page when posting an item journal with tax lines that have a positive adjustment.
Hotfix
#229724
The system fails to calculate the warehouse direct put-away lines based on the Excise Type field value of the associated location. Additionally, the allowed bins for tax by bin are not calculated correctly when using the bin cubage.
Hotfix
#227378
The system fails to create tax ledger entries for tracked items while posting warehouse reclassification journals.

2409.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

AAT

2406.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

APR

Enhancement
This extension has been updated to ensure interoperability with the recent changes in the Aptean Catch Weight and Aptean Trade Managements extensions. To know more, see What’s new in version 2405.0.0.0 of the Aptean Catch Weight extension and What’s new in version 2409.0.0.0 of the Aptean Trade Management extension.

1.4.181088.0
Sep 04, 2024

ASR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

AWM

2402.1.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

CAP

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2405.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

CAW

Feature
The system updates the unit price and amount for catch weight items based on the weight quantity to ship on the document weight lines when posting a sales order for shipment. To know more, see To post sales order for shipment.
Feature
You can view the calculated values for catch weight items in the Weight Recalculation Factor, Unit Price (Converted) by Weight Factor, and Discount Value (Converted) by Weight Factor fields on the Applied Sales Price and Discount page. To know more, see Integration with Aptean Advanced Pricing.

2407.1.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

EDI

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2419.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

ILY

2420.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

ILY

Enhancement
Enhancement
Enhancement
Enhancement

2401.7.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#224686
An error occurs when entering a letter followed by an asterisk (*) in the Bin Filter field on the General FastTab of the Inventory Overview page. This issue arises if any location code on the Locations page begins with the specified letter.

2406.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

LMT

2405.2.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#223236
The system incorrectly updates the assigned lot number for subsequent picks when the same item is processed. This issue occurs when the item is license plate tracked and the Require License Plate and Pick According to FEFO toggles on the associated Location Card page are turned on.

2406.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

OUD

2402.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

OUP

2405.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

PAC

Enhancement
The description of the error message has been updated for the scenario when executing the Recalculate Packaging action on the Packaging Transaction page if the relevant sales order does not include any items.
Enhancement
The system does not update sales order lines with packaging types that have the Quantity To Post field value of 0 on the Packaging Transaction page when shipping the sales order. This applies even if the item has only order-bound packaging.

2407.1.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

PRM

2402.6.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#222984
The system incorrectly displays one source document on the Bill of Lading report even when the associated warehouse shipment has multiple source documents. Further, the system fails to display the report when the Print Lot Information toggle on the Whse. Ship Bill of Lading RDLC page is turned on, or a .docx document format is selected in the Report Layout field on the Whse. Ship Bill of Lading page.

2403.8.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#229860
The system fails to recalculate the tax lines on the Sales Order or Purchase Order page when the order is released. This issue occurs if the item is modified after executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action and the Tax Document Calc. Point field on the associated Customer Card or Vendor Card page is set to Release.

2409.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

TMT

Feature
Update the document trade lines on sales return orders, ensuring accurate pricing adjustments for catch weight items based on the actual weight of the item. For more information, see Calculate document trade lines with weight quantities.
Feature
View the automatically updated Quantity (in Sales Price UoM) field value, which shows the actual weight of the item based on the weight added to the item tracking lines. For more information, see Document trade lines.
Feature
Use the accurately calculated unit amount on document trade lines based on the invoiced weight quantity. For more information, see Document trade lines.
Feature
Manage trade costs based on shipped weight quantity for catch weight items. The system calculates and posts trade costs using the shipped weight. Access document trade costs with catch weight items.
Feature
Assign item charges based on actual weight in trade cost orders by weight-based distribution. For more information, see Trade cost order for catch weight items.

2409.1.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#223676
The document trade lines are created twice when the Source Type field is set to All Customers on the Trade Plan Rates page and the Bill-to Customer field on the corresponding Customer Card page specifies a different customer.

2402.0.0.0
Sep 04, 2024

WMS

Feature

Set up and manage advanced item attributes during warehouse receipt and direct put-away using the WMS app in the scanner. To know more, see Integration with Aptean Advanced Attributes.

Feature

Apply the defined attributes automatically to subsequent pallets of the same lot during the direct put-away of multiple receipts.

Feature

Automatically generate lot numbers based on predefined profiles or series during warehouse operations.

To know more, see Integration with Aptean Lot Management.

Feature

Process deliveries that exceed or fall short of the ordered quantities, ensuring flexibility and accuracy in receiving and picking operations. To know more, see Integration with Aptean Over Under Delivery.

Feature

Allow over and under-picking for component consumption, enabling flexibility in quantities that differ from production orders. To know more, see Integration with Aptean Production Over Pick.

2403.6.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

ASM

2401.5.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

CHP

2435.0.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

FLY

2403.4.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

FND

2405.0.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

OUD

Feature
Create a purchase order line for items that are received unexpectedly during a warehouse receipt from the Warehouse Receipt page.
Feature
Identify the lines that are added from warehouse receipts as unexpected items on the purchase order.

2407.0.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

PRM

Enhancement
Items with the Manufacturing Policy field set to Make-to-Order on the Item Card page. This function takes place only when the Default Dimension Priorities page is configured to use the item's dimensions, rather than inheriting them from the parent item.
Enhancement
Items added through the Add Unplanned Output action on the production order line.
Enhancement
Co-products.

2403.0.0.0
Sep 03, 2024

aptean-ship

2403.5.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#226890
The system incorrectly displayes the charges and discounts for items on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules List page upon executing the View Promotions action on the Order Entry page.
Hotfix
#227032
The system incorrectly filters and displays all the rules in the Condition Alerts field on the Quick Entry FastTab of the Order Entry page, even when only the filter is set to display the promotion type condition alerts for a selected customer.
Hotfix
#226274
An error occurs upon executing the Preview Posting action on the Sales Order page when the order is not released.
Hotfix
#229905
The system incorrectly calculates and updated the Total Unit Price and Total Line Amount fields on the Order Entry page. Additionally, these fields are also not updated from the associated sales order upon executing the Apply Changes action.

2301.8.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

BOR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.5.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#229855
The empty goods lines are not recalculated on the Sales Order page when the order is released. This issue occurs when the item number is modified after executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action.

2301.3.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

EUT

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.3.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#216421
An error occurs when posting the sales credit memo for items with sales and purchase condition periodic rules on the Sales Credit Memo page.
Hotfix
#216202
An error occurs upon executing the Preview Posting action on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#224065
An error occurs upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#226546, 217749
An error occurs upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action on the Sales Order page with multiple promotion mix items.

2401.4.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

FOR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.5.180495.0
Sep 02, 2024

IVC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2301.8.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

PMX

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.4.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#212229
An error occurs upon executing the Suggest Settlement Lines action on the Condition Periodic Settlement Journals page. Additionally, the Loan Balance (Cap.) (LCY) field is incorrectly updated with 0.
Hotfix
#223682
The system incorrectly calculated the sales purchase condition rules on the Condition Document Lines (Sales and Purchase) page associated with a sales order when the Status field is not set to Certified. This issue arises when a customer is included in the related rules on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules page.
Hotfix
#221686, 220384
The system fails to recalculate the charges or discounts when the Quantity field value is changed and the order is released on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#225353
The Condition Customer No. field is not updated when the Bill-to Customer field is modified on the Customer Card page.
Hotfix
#216536
The system incorrectly displays the Quantity HL (Minimum) field value on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page. This issue arises when a sales order is posted for shipping and invoicing on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#226824
The Amount field value is not calculated correctly on the Sales Order page based on the unit of measure code selected for the associated rule. This issue occurs when the related rule has the Item Type field set to Per Document on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page.
Hotfix
#216812
The sales purchase condition rates are incorrectly calculated on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page. This issue arises when calculation is done for a return item.
Hotfix
#224592
The system fails to update lines on the Condition Document Lines (Sales and Purchase) page when the Quantity field value is changed after reopening partially posted or invoiced sales documents.
Hotfix
#221547
The promotion free items cannot be added when the Free Item No. field is set as Item Other, and the Maximum Free Quantity and Maximum Quantity Deal (per Source Member) fields have a blank value on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page.
Hotfix
#220724
An error occurs on the Sales Order page while releasing the order when a rule with Maximum Quantity Deal and Maximum Quantity Deal (per Source Member) field values are applied.
Hotfix
#220214
The sales purchase condition rule incorrectly prevents availing promotion items on subsequent sales orders when the maximum quantity deal has been reached.
Hotfix
#220501
The sales purchase condition rule incorrectly applies the maximum quantity deal to multiple sales orders when a customer is included in the rule, despite the limit being set to 1.
Hotfix
#216300
An error occurs on the Sales Order page while releasing the order when promotion mix items are added from the Promotion Item Mix & Match Selection (Sales and Purchase) page.
Hotfix
#220012
The sales and purchase condition rules are not recalculated on the sales order line after modifying the quantity in the reopened sales order and rereleasing it.
Hotfix
#221533
The mix and match promotion free items are removed from the sales order line after releasing the sales order when the associated sales and purchase condition rule has multiple lines.
Hotfix
#224062
An error occurs when the Quantity field value is modified on the Sales Order page and the Calculate Drink-IT Lines or Release action is executed with multiple promotion-free sales purchase condition rules.
Hotfix
#230627
The discounts and periodic discounts are not calculated based on the sales and purchase condition rule for a selected item.
Hotfix
#223918
The promotion fee items are incorrectly added to each sales order line when the Item Type field set to Per Document on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page for the applied rule and the User Rule Filter Sets toggle on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page is turned on.

2404.2.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

TRA

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2301.10.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

WBR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2301.3.0.0
Sep 02, 2024

WSC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2404.3.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#225171
The system fails to update the item charge in the Qty. to Assign field on the Purchase Credit Memo page created from a purchase claim. This issue occurs when the purchase claim is created from the Posted Sales Claim page.

2402.8.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#219583
A permission error occurs when the system tries to update the lines on the Lot Origin Details FastTab of the Lot No. Information Card page.

2434.1.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

FLY

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2418.2.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

ILY

2405.2.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

LMT

2405.1.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

LPL

2404.2.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#227211
The system fails to delete the lines for which the Underdelivery checkbox is selected upon executing the Post and Print action on the Warehouse Shipment page.

2403.2.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#230173
The system does not update the existing data correctly when the Aptean Quality Control (QCA) extension is installed for the first time.

2401.3.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

QCL

Hotfix
#213224
The system incorrectly generates quality checks for items that are listed on the warehouse receipt but have not been received, even partially. This issue occurs because the system includes multiple warehouse receipt lines with zero quantity when posting a partial receipt.

2404.1.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#219583
A permission error occurs when the system tries to update the lines on the Lot Origin Details FastTab of the Lot No. Information Card page.

2403.6.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#226612
The Tax Document Calculation Point field on the Customer Card or Vendor Card page does not display the correct options based on the settings configured on the Tax Management Setup page.

2401.1.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

TLX

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2408.9.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#227195
The system incorrectly displays a positive value in the Amount (LCY) field on the Trade Accrual Entries page after posting a sales credit memo.

2404.1.0.0
Aug 29, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#222002
The notification message incorrectly references the transfer header instead of the sales header when changing the Ship-to field value to Alternate Shipping Address on the Sales Order page.

2403.4.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

ASM

Enhancement

The OnBeforeCheckMinimumCustomerAchievedAndConfirm integration event has been added to the OrderEntrySubs106FDW codeunit to suppress the minimum order value warning on sales documents.

Enhancement

The OnBeforeConfirmLinking integration event has been added to the CallEntryPublisher106FDW codeunit to link the call entries with the sales order for the same customer without a confirmation message.

Hotfix
#227113
The Ext. Document No. on Release field on the Customer Card page is incorrectly updated based on the status of the Ext. Document No. on Release toggle on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.
Hotfix
#189772
The Indirect Sales Amount (Actual) field was incorrectly spelled on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page.

2401.4.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#229546
An error occurs when upgrading the Aptean Commodity Harvest extension's version when the Extension Status field is set to Invalid on the Extension Subscription Status FastTab of the Subscription Overview page.

2403.4.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#226591
The EGM Document Calculation Point field on the Customer Card or Vendor Card page does not display the correct options based on the settings configured on the Empty Goods & Deposit Management Setup page.

2403.1.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

FND

2403.2.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

FND

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.1.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

MFB

2402.0.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

PCR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.18.179488.0
Aug 28, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#226646
The system fails to display the blank option in the BIO field on the following pages: Product Specification Raw Material Product Specification Semi Product Product Specification End Product Card Vendor Product Specification Raw Material Vendor Product Specification End Product

2401.3.0.0
Aug 28, 2024

apteanpay

Hotfix
#226645
The Due Date field value on the Posted Sales Invoice and Aptean Pay Requests Queue pages is incorrectly reflected in the email notification sent via the Aptean Pay portal. This issue arises due to a mismatch between the user's Business Central time zone and the Aptean Pay portal server's UTC zone.

2404.2.0.0
Aug 27, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#206462
An error occurs upon executing the Create & Release action on the Purchase Claims page, preventing the creation of a purchase return order. This issue arises when the Aptean Compliance Document extension is installed.

2405.1.0.0
Aug 27, 2024

LMT

2408.8.0.0
Aug 27, 2024

TMT

2402.2.0.0
Aug 27, 2024

VIC

1.12.178746.0
Aug 26, 2024

AUT

1.5.178699.0
Aug 26, 2024

CBR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.7.178711.0
Aug 23, 2024

AAC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.1.0.0
Aug 23, 2024

ALA

2401.1.0.0
Aug 23, 2024

AWH

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.12.0.0
Aug 23, 2024

CIC

1.5.178709.0
Aug 23, 2024

CTU

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2407.0.0.0
Aug 23, 2024

EDI

Feature
You can create item tracking lines by providing the lot and license plate numbers in the flat file when processing the Aptean 850 inbound Message.
Feature
The quantity and weight field values of the ports are rounded off based on the value provided in the Quantity Rounding Precision field on the respective EDI Port Card page. If this field is blank, then it will get updated based on the value in the Quantity Rounding Precision field on the EDI Setup page.
Feature
The following XML ports have been added:
  • DESADV: Generates an XML output file when processed through posted sales shipment.
  • INVOIC: Generates an XML output file when processed through posted sales invoice.
  • ORDERS: Generates a sales order when processed with an inbound file.

1.17.178606.0
Aug 23, 2024

PRS

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.1.0.0
Aug 23, 2024

PSC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2408.1.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

AAT

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2408.2.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#225019
The system takes longer than expected when selecting lot numbers on the Item Tracking - Select Entries page and returning to item tracking lines in a transfer order.

1.3.178254.0
Aug 22, 2024

ACK

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2406.8.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

EDI

Enhancement

The Ship-to field value is updated after the Sell-to Customer field is updated on the Sales Order page when processing through Aptean 860 inbound port. Additionally, the ShipToLocID and BuyingPartyID field values are unmapped with the Ship-to field on the Sales Order page.

Enhancement

You can print labels from the Warehouse Shipment page by executing the UCC Package Label (Batch) action.

1.4.178181.0
Aug 22, 2024

ETM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2301.9.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

EXC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.2.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

IWO

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2404.6.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

LBL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.3.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

LIM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2404.4.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

MWR

2403.1.0.0
Aug 22, 2024

QCA

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2408.0.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

AAT

Feature

View the global lot attributes and their values on the Assembly BOM page associated with the item. To know more, see Visibility of global lot attributes in assembly BOM lines. 

Feature

View the global lot attributes and their values on the Assembly Order and Posted Assembly Order pages. To know more, see Visibility of global lot attributes in assembly documents. 

Feature

Modify the lot attributes field values only on the header of the assembly order when the Aptean Advanced Lot Attributes extension is installed. 

2403.1.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

ACM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.0.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

ALA

2405.4.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

APR

Enhancement

Procedures have been removed to streamline the permission management and enhance the upgrade process. The OnUpgradePerCompany and OnValidateUpgradePerCompany triggers manage upgrades per-company basis, reducing complexity and enhancing performance. This refactoring eliminates redundant and unnecessary procedures, leading to a more efficient and optimized upgrade process.

This release has been implemented in correlation with the enhancement made in version2405.1.0.0.

Enhancement

Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.3.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

BIC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.3.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#227003
The system resets the Assigned Plots field value to 0 when the No. field value is changed on the Agricultural Location Card page.

2403.4.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

COM

2402.2.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

CSP

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.7.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

EXM

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.1.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

FBR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2434.0.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

FLY

2401.4.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

GTR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.6.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

IOV

Enhancement

Procedures have been added to the Upgrade codeunit to automatically assign the necessary basic permission sets to all users and groups, enhancing the efficiency of permission management. This automation streamlines the installation and upgrade processes by reducing the manual configuration, thereby improving security and overall efficiency in the deployment of the extension.

This release has been implemented in correlation with the enhancement made in version2401.2.0.0.

Enhancement

Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2405.0.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

LPL

2404.1.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

PAC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2301.3.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

PFP

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.1.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

PRC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.0.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

QCA

2408.7.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

TMT

2402.9.0.0
Aug 21, 2024

aptean-ship

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2407.3.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

AAT

2403.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

ACM

2405.3.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#224130
The system fails to update the Direct Unit Cost Excl. VAT field on the Purchase Invoice page when the Applied Direct Unit Cost field value is changed. Additionally, the system does not update the Direct Unit Cost Excl. VAT field when the Direct Unit Cost field is modified using the Manual Price action on the Change Applied Direct Unit Cost dialog.

2404.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

CAW

1.6.177666.0
Aug 20, 2024

DCL

2403.4.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

EST

2402.6.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#222705, 221598
An error occurs when executing the Change Expiration Date action on the Lot No. Information List page. This issue occurs when attempting to change the expiration date for a lot associated with multiple license plates.

1.12.177563.0
Aug 20, 2024

FGR

2433.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

FLY

2418.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

ILY

2418.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

ILY

2401.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

ISS

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2405.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

LMT

2404.5.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

LPL

2404.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

OUD

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

OUP

2401.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

OUP

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2404.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

PAC

2406.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

PRM

2406.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#221313
The system generates movement lines for items with the Component Pick Method field set as blank on the Prod. Order Components page. This issue occurs when running the Create Consolidated Production Movement report.
Hotfix
#224367
The system displays an incorrect value in the Quantity field on the Consumption Journals page, generated through consolidated consumption calculations, which does not match the rounding precision specified for the consumption item on the associated Item Card page.

2401.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

PSC

2402.8.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

PSG

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

QCA

2402.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

QCA

2401.3.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

QPR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2402.5.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

REP

Feature
Generate Certificate of Analysis (COA) reports for specific lots based on posted quality control checks, regardless of whether the quality check is automatically generated or manually created. To know more, see Quality control triggers.
Feature
Select a lot number for reports when multiple lot numbers are available in item tracking.
Feature
Experience improved error handling when the Aptean Quality Control extension is not installed. The report will appear in search results but will notify you of the dependency when you attempt to run it.
Hotfix
#225585
When the ship-to address is the same as the customer address, the ship-to address details do not appear on the Sales Invoice report.

2404.0.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

SFP

2401.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

SSC

2408.6.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#222477
The system incorrectly updates the Line Discount % field value and creates a document trade line with the Price Rule field value set as Discount when manually changing the Applied Unit Price field value on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page. This issue occurs when the Price Calculation Method field is set to Advanced Pricing on the associated Customer Card page and the Price Rule field is set to Discount on the associated Trade Plan Card page.
Hotfix
#222492
An error occurs upon executing the Post Trade Cost Order action on the Posted Purchase Document Trade Lines page for posted purchase credit memos, posted sales credit memos, or posted purchase invoices, preventing the trade cost order from being posted.

2402.1.0.0
Aug 20, 2024

VIC

Hotfix
#224078
The notification message always appears on the Purchase Order page whenever a new order is created.

2401.0.0.0
Aug 19, 2024

APMOEE

Enhancement
View the average output per hour value on the Routing, Routing Version, and Released Production Order pages. This value is calculated by multiplying the Tmax per minute value by 60, providing an overview of the hourly output. You can also manually enter or edit the average output per hour value as needed.
Enhancement
Send the average output per hour value to the APMOEE portal along with the other relevant information on the released production order.

2401.5.0.0
Aug 19, 2024

IOV

Enhancement
View additional vendor details on the Vendor Details FactBox. When selecting a value in the Item Filter field, the FactBox displays the Vendor No., Vendor Name, and Buy-from Address field information, which is retrieved from the related purchase order.
Enhancement
Select a vendor number in the Vendor Filter field on the Inventory Projected Availability page. The Vendor Number filter displays only the corresponding records when a specific vendor number is applied. If this field is left blank, no filtering is applied, allowing all records to be shown.
Enhancement
View a Item Description column on the Inventory Projected Availability page. This column has been added to provide a quick link to the filtered item list.

2404.3.0.0
Aug 19, 2024

MWR

Enhancement
The Aptean Mobile Warehouse app supports scanning GRAI numbers for catch weight items, automatically recognizing and displaying the associated weight quantity to handle based on the average weight of the scanned license plate or lot number on the Pick screen.
Enhancement
After registering the warehouse pick, the system displays the weight quantity values and populates the scanned GRAI number in the Shipping Unit No. field on the SSCC lines of the SSCC Card page. The system automatically generates the SSCC header and lines for customers using SSCC with GRAI numbers.

1.1.176746.0
Aug 14, 2024

ACP

2401.2.0.0
Aug 14, 2024

QCL

2401.2.0.0
Aug 14, 2024

apteanpay

2401.1.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

APMOEE

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.0.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

CSH

Feature
Create and configure cash drawers and assign cash drawer users. For more information, see Cash Drawers and Cash Drawer Users.
Feature
Create miscellaneous cash codes to manage and record non-standard cash transactions. For more information, see Miscellaneous Cash Codes.
Feature
Create cash deposits to record and manage transactions in a cash drawer. For more information, see Cashier Deposit.
Feature
Create cashier transactions to record and manage payments and their sources. For more information, see Cashier Transaction.

2403.3.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#224607
The Qty. to Invoice field for the attached empty good lines on a sales order are not updated when the Qty. to Invoice field value for the related item is modified.
Hotfix
#225725
The empty good lines attached to a sales order are not deleted when the Quantity field for the related item is modified.

2432.0.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

FLY

2404.4.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

LPL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.2.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

NCF

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.6.176555.0
Aug 13, 2024

PPL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2401.3.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

SFL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

1.17.176559.0
Aug 13, 2024

SUL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.
Enhancement
Enhancements have been made to update the process within the application to handle the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables. This change ensures compatibility with current and future versions of Business Central, even when the User Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated.

TheUser Group and User Group Permission Set tables are deprecated in Business Central, version 25.

2403.5.0.0
Aug 13, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#224606
The Qty. to Invoice field for the attached tax line on a sales order is not updated when the Qty. to Invoice field value for the related item is modified.

2407.2.0.0
Aug 12, 2024

AAT

Enhancement
When assigning lot attribute values to lot numbers, the system checks if the assigned value is allowed according to the items' Lot Attribute Template page. Previously, the system did this for lot attribute values defined as global on the Advanced Attribute Setup page. Now, this is extended for all lot attributes, regardless of whether they are global or not.
Enhancement
The system displays the fields related to global lot attributes on the Purchase Lines, Sales Lines, and Prod. Order Comp. Lines list pages.
Enhancement
The error handling for retrieving global lot attribute field values has been enhanced. This enhancement addresses the issue reported in bug ID #216837.
Hotfix
#216837
The system displays incorrect data in the fields related to global lot attributes.

1.3.176065.0
Aug 12, 2024

ASR

Hotfix
#226835
The system does not recognize an existing item in the transfer order line, prompting the user to create a new item or select an existing one, even though the item is already present in the item table.

2406.7.0.0
Aug 12, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#223672
The system is not correctly assigning the lot and quantity to be shipped between the item tracking lines and the EDI packages of the related sales order and warehouse shipment when processing EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 945/945 SO inbound ports.

2301.3.0.0
Aug 12, 2024

POD

1.2.176572.0
Aug 12, 2024

TMS

2302.1.0.0
Aug 09, 2024

CSP

2401.1.0.0
Aug 09, 2024

IWO

2403.3.0.0
Aug 09, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#224727
The system incorrectly updates the net% discount value in the Unit Price Excl. VAT field on the sales order line. This issue occurs when a released sales order is reopened, the quantity is modified, and the order is released again.

1.16.175874.0
Aug 09, 2024

SUL

Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Danish (da-DK)
Enhancement
German (de-CH)
Enhancement
French (fr-FR)

2403.4.0.0
Aug 09, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#197139
The system does not update the Reason Code field on the Consumption Journals/Output Journals page with the value from the Reason Code field on the Released Production Order page.

2.12.117494.0
Aug 09, 2024

aptean-ship

Feature
The Package Tracking No. field on the Sales Order page is automatically updated when the Ship action is executed from the Shipping Batch page.
Feature
You can only use a No. Series consisting exclusively of numbers in the Package Nos. field on the Ship Setup page. Using an alphanumeric No. Series will cause an error.
Feature
You can pick the Shipping Agent Code and Shipping Agent Service Code directly from the Shipping Batch page.
Hotfix
#135646
When posting Packages, the packing list does not print even when the Auto Print Packing List toggle is turned on in the Ship Setup.
Hotfix
#136892
An error occurs on the Sales Packaging page if the value in the Outstanding Qty. to Pack field is set to a decimal value.
Hotfix
#139627
On the Pack Scanning page, the cursor in the Item/UPC/Package field stops blinking after an item is added.
Hotfix
#139866
If a sales order has multiple shipping batches that have been shipped but not posted, posting one of the shipping batches causes an error.

1.5.175615.0
Aug 08, 2024

DCL

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2406.6.0.0
Aug 08, 2024

EDI

Enhancement

The OnAfterUpdateEDIMessageLinesPort860 event has been added to the sales line associated with the Aptean EDI XML 860 port to support catch weight items.

Enhancement

While processing warehouse receipts, warehouse shipments, and sales orders, the system populates information in the Details group of the outbound files for each lot in item tracking if item tracking is found. This occurs while processing the warehouse receipts and warehouse shipments via the following ports: 

  • Aptean EDI 940 
  • Aptean EDI 940SO
  • Aptean EDI 943 
Hotfix
#221382
The system incorrectly updates the GTIN, SKU, Style, and EANCode field values on the Aptean 810/855/856/856 Consolidated outbound ports from the Aptean 945SO inbound port document instead of the Aptean 850 inbound port document.
Hotfix
#221385
The system incorrectly displays the Detail group fields together, even when the ServiceAllowanceChargeDetail group is available for the items on the Aptean 855 outbound port.

2403.3.0.0
Aug 08, 2024

EST

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

1.11.175653.0
Aug 08, 2024

FGR

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2402.2.0.0
Aug 08, 2024

LIM

2407.1.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#223673
The system fails to display the Unit Price Excl. VAT field value on the sales line and the Direct Unit Cost Excl. VAT field value on the purchase line when a global lot attribute value is selected or entered at the line level of the sales and purchase documents.

2403.3.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#220254
The system fails to update the Reason Code field value on the Sales Order page when the Reason Code field vale is changed on the associated Order Entry page. This issue occurs when the Apply Order Entry Directly toggle on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page is turned on.
Hotfix
#214857
The system incorrectly calculates the Quantity field value when the Suggest Periodic based on History action is executed on the Condition Journals page. This issue arises when an indirect sales journal is posted in another unit of measure than the base unit of measure.
Hotfix
#207349
An error occurs on the Job Queue Entry Card page upon executing the Run Once (Foreground) action when no call schedule lines are active.
Hotfix
#211969
The system incorrectly updates the options in the Ext. Document No. on Release mandatory field on the Customer Card page irrespective of the Ext. Document No. on Release mandatory toggle value on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.
Hotfix
#222968
An error occurs on the Order Entry page when a line is deleted while the Apply Order Entry Directly toggle on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page is turned on.

2401.2.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#220385
An error occurs when opening the Harvest Order and Week Forecast pages if the Language field is set to Dutch (Netherlands) on the My Settings page.

2401.2.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

CMG

Hotfix
#171586
The Date value in the Description field of the created Cash Receipts Journals page is incorrect when executing the Create Loan Pay Back Journal Lines action on the Loan page.
Hotfix
#213184
The values in the Loan No., Loan Entry Type, Customer Posting Group, and Rental Agreement No. fields are incorrect on the Detailed Customer Ledger Entries page. Additionally, the values in the Loan No., Loan Entry Type, Customer Posting Group, and Rental Agreement No. fields on the Customer Ledger Entries page match with the related field values on the Detailed Customer Ledger Entries page.
Hotfix
#219483
An error occurs when executing the Suggest Indexation action on the Rental Agreement page when the selected language is other than English.
Hotfix
#221606
A warning message appears upon executing the Create Loan Pay Back Journal Lines action on the Loan page for customers with a bill-to customer different from the value defined on the Loan page, despite the Suppress Bill-to Warning toggle is turned on the Customer page.
Hotfix
#212223
The required Home and Actions actions are not available on the Loan page.
Hotfix
#205606
The Loan No., Loan Entry Type, Payment Method Code, Rental Agreement No., and Rent Category fields are not available on the Payment Journals and Cash Receipt Journals pages.

1.4.174654.0
Aug 07, 2024

CTU

2401.1.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

GRR

2404.5.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

LBL

Hotfix
#221378
The system fails to use the respective printer configured with the machine center on the Label Printer Setup page when printing the output in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App.

2404.3.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#210858
An error occurs when changing the Bin Code field value on the Lines FastTab of the Warehouse Receipt page associated with a transfer order. This issue arises when items in the transfer order have a license plate (full) defined in the item tracking lines.
Hotfix
#221365
The system displays incorrect license plates upon selecting a value from the Assigned License Plate(s) field on the Lines FastTab of the Warehouse Shipment page associated with a sales order. This issue arises if any sales order lines are deleted before creating the warehouse shipment.

2403.4.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#210104
Performance issue occurs when posting a purchase receipt or sales shipment with multiple lines, causing delays and blocking other operations. This issue occurs because the OnRunOnBeforeFinalizePosting event makes recursive calls to the base application objects.

2402.7.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#225698
An error occurs when selecting a machine center number containing spaces or special characters in the No. Filter field on the Production Order Scheduling page.

2402.4.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#218414
Performance issue occurs when printing the sales invoice reports, leading to slower report generation. This issue arises because the system calculates the packaging balance in the background, even for the sales invoice reports that are printed without including the packaging balance.

2408.5.0.0
Aug 07, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#208346
The system fails to recalculate the values for lines with the Accrual Type field set to Actual Cost on the Document Trade Lines page when the Applied Unit Price field value is manually changed on the associated sales order line. This issue occurs when the Frozen checkbox is selected on the related sales order line.
Hotfix
#224462
The system incorrectly updates document trade lines for sales, sales return, purchase, and purchase return orders even when the associated lines exist on the Trade Plan Item Exclusion page. This issue occurs when the Type field is set to All Items on the Trade Plan Rates page.

2401.4.0.0
Aug 06, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#222936
A timeout error occurs while updating the Aptean Inventory Overview extension.

2405.12.0.0
Aug 06, 2024

PRM

2402.6.0.0
Aug 06, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#222704
An error occurs when selecting a work center with spaces or special characters in the No. Filter field on the Production Order Scheduling page.

2402.5.0.0
Aug 02, 2024

AWM

Enhancement
OnBeforeRetainPreferredBinContentAfterDelete
Enhancement
OnBeforeCheckPreferredBin
Enhancement
OnBeforeSetBinContentPreferredDefaultBin
Enhancement
OnBeforeBinContentUnsetPreferred

2404.1.0.0
Aug 02, 2024

MWR

2404.2.0.0
Aug 02, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#217088
An error occurs on the Pick screen of the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app when the quantity of the picked license plates is less than the required quantity. This issue occurs when the Pick According to FEFO toggle on the associated Location Card page is turned on.

2401.0.0.0
Aug 02, 2024

TEL

2408.4.0.0
Aug 02, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#221328
An error occurs upon executing the Rates action on the Trade Plan Card page if the trade plan name contains special characters.
Hotfix
#222337
An error occurs upon executing the Post Trade Cost Order action on the Posted Sales Document Trade Lines page.

2401.2.0.0
Aug 01, 2024

IFB

2401.1.0.0
Jul 31, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#222997
The system displays the following fields on the Purchase Order page by default: Quantity to deliver in Base UoM (Today)Quantity to deliver in Purchase UoM (Today)Quantity to deliver in Base UoM (Today +1)Quantity to deliver in Purchase UoM (Today +1)

2407.0.0.0
Jul 30, 2024

AAT

2401.3.0.0
Jul 30, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#220881
An error occurs on the Journey page upon executing the Load action if a purchase order linked to the journey page includes an item with a value in the Lot No. Profile field on the Item Card page.

2401.0.0.0
Jul 30, 2024

ISS

2404.2.0.0
Jul 30, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#216517
The system fails to update the lot number for the line entry with Action Type field set as Place on the Warehouse Pick page upon changing the lot number for the line entry with Action Type field set as Take.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 29, 2024

CAW

Feature
Define start dates for weight-based calculations using the From Date field on the Catch Weight Setup page and calculate the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) for the inventory items that use FIFO & LIFO costing methods.
Feature
View the cost of invoiced items and the cost difference in the Sales Cost Amount Weight (Act.) and Adj. Sales Cost Amount by Weight fields on the Value Entries page, ensuring accurate adjustments for outbound transactions and returns based on weight. To know more, see Calculate cost of goods sold based on catch weight funtionality

2402.0.0.0
Jul 29, 2024

DRP

Feature

Easily return drop-shipments from the Posted Sales Shipment page, triggering the creation and posting of sales return receipts and purchase return shipments. To know more, see Return the drop shipment.

Feature

Automatically transfer and synchronize attributes between drop shipment documents on integration with the Aptean Advanced Attributes extension. To know more, see Managing advanced attributes and drop shipments.

Feature

Prevent default inspection status assignments on drop shipments and restrict manual updates on integration with the Aptean Inspection Status extension. To know more, see Managing inspection status and drop shipments.

2431.0.0.0
Jul 29, 2024

FLY

1.15.173667.0
Jul 29, 2024

SUL

Hotfix
#222738
The item tracking line is deleted on the Item Tracking Lines page upon executing the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action for an item with an item tracking code on the Sales Return Order page. This issue occurs when the Return Reason Code field value set with a blank default location code, is selected on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Return Order page.

2406.5.0.0
Jul 26, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#215637
The system inherits the ContractNo field value from the inbound message for the ReleasePONumber field value in the outbound file while processing the sales order EDI messages via Aptean EDI 850 port to the following ports:Aptean EDI 810Aptean EDI 855Aptean EDI 856Aptean EDI 856 Consolidated
Hotfix
#222016
The system inherits the Line.EDI Ref. Line No. field value from the Line.Line No. field instead of the inbound 850 file while processing the sales order EDI messages via Aptean EDI 850 port to the following ports:Aptean EDI 810Aptean EDI 855Aptean EDI 856Aptean EDI 856 Consolidated
Hotfix
#217314
The system inherits the Ship-to County field on the sales header field value for the ShiptoState field in the outbound file from the company information instead of from the inbound file. This occurs while processing the sales order EDI messages via Aptean EDI 850 port to the following ports:Aptean EDI 856 Aptean EDI 856 Consolidated

2408.3.0.0
Jul 26, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#215872
The system incorrectly creates one or more trade accrual entries when a purchase invoice is posted using the Get Receipt Lines action on the Purchase Invoice page.

2403.3.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

COM

2402.5.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#216142
An error occurs upon executing the Assign Lot No. action on the Item Tracking Lines page for planning worksheets. This issue arises when the Production Date for Output field value is selected on the Based On Item or Based On Item Attribute FastTab on the Expiration Setup page of the associated item.

2401.11.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#213189
A delay occurs in opening the Select Entries page upon executing the Select Entries action on the Item Tracking Lines page associated with a transfer order.

2401.2.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

STM

Hotfix
#213189
A delay occurs in opening the Select Entries page upon executing the Select Entries action on the Item Tracking Lines page associated with a transfer order.

2403.3.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#171263
The tax ledger entries are not created on the Tax Ledger Entries page when the inventory is moved from a bonded bin to a tax paid bin on the Warehouse Reclassification Journals page.

2408.2.0.0
Jul 25, 2024

TMT

Enhancement
The OnBeforeGetSalesHeader and OnAfterGetSalesPriceReferenceDate integration events are added within the 70238214 FindTradePlanRatesFDW codeunit.
Enhancement
The OnBeforeDeleteDocumentTradeLines and OnBeforeInsertDocumentTradeLine integration events are added within the 70238270 TradeDocumentHandler34FDW codeunit.

2402.4.0.0
Jul 24, 2024

AWM

2402.0.0.0
Jul 24, 2024

CAP

Feature
Streamline purchase call plans by setting default call days and specifying the source for the inside purchaser.
Feature
Organize the vendor contact information and schedule vendor calls for receipt activities.
Feature
Enable cut-off restrictions for specific vendors or order addresses, ensuring non-editable purchase lines after a designated cut-off time.
Feature
Set cut-off warning minutes to trigger visual alerts, indicating when purchase lines may become non-editable.
Feature
Define the source for inside purchaser codes when a sales order is created from a call plan worksheet. The inside salesperson code on the order will be inherited from the selected source.
Feature
Set default call days to determine the specific days to contact vendors for particular receipt days.
Feature
Specify order entry cut-off times to ensure that purchase lines become non-editable after the designated times on scheduled call days.
Feature
View or create call plan worksheets to manage vendor contact schedules, enhancing communication and coordination.
Feature
Configure call plan structures directly from the Vendor Card or Order Address page.
Feature
Include vendors in call plans using the Include in Call Plan toggle for streamlined vendor management.
Feature
Set contact information for vendors to facilitate communication regarding call plans.
Feature
Define call and receipt days to specify when vendors should be contacted for purchase orders. Additionally, you can set call windows by defining start and end times for contacting vendors on scheduled call days.
Feature
Determine call plan frequency to ensure regular communication with vendors (weekly, bi-weekly, every three or four weeks).
Feature
Track the last creation dates for call plan records to maintain up-to-date vendor interactions.
Feature
Generate personalized worksheets for vendors and order address contacts based on designated weekdays.
Feature
Define receipt dates and days for requested and expected availability in the warehouse.
Feature
View and manage multiple orders for the same vendor or address on a specific call date.
Feature
Identify blocked transactions involving vendors with operational issues.
Feature
View vendor and address details for accurate contact information and order management.
Feature
Generate call plan lines using specific call dates and vendor filters.
Feature
Create new purchase orders directly from call plan lines, inheriting key field values.
Feature
Send emails directly from the worksheet to streamline communication with necessary contacts.
Feature
Generate call plan lines by selecting specific call dates and applying vendor filters, creating tailored entries for vendor contact schedules.
Feature
Customize worksheet generation options by using the Clear Existing Lines and Ignore Last Used Call Plan Date toggles, ensuring accurate and relevant call plan entries.
Feature
Move call plan lines from one worksheet to another, streamlining the organization of vendor contact schedules.
Feature
Create personalized call plans for vendors or order addresses using responsibility centers.
Feature
Generate call plan lines specifically for vendors based on their associated responsibility center, providing targeted call plan setups.

2301.8.0.0
Jul 24, 2024

EXC

Hotfix
#220019
An error occurs when attempting to cancel the posting of a transfer order for shipment.

2430.0.0.0
Jul 24, 2024

FLY

2405.11.0.0
Jul 24, 2024

PRM

Enhancement
OnBeforeInsertNeededInventoryBuffer
Enhancement
OnBeforeModifyNeededInventoryBuffer
Enhancement
OnCalculateAvailableInventoryOnBeforeNeededInventoryBufferFindSet

1.14.172757.0
Jul 24, 2024

SUL

Hotfix
#222448
The item tracking line is deleted on the Item Tracking Lines page upon executing the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action for an item with an item tracking code on the Sales Return Order page. This issue occurs when the Return Reason Code field value set with a blank default location code, is selected on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Return Order page.

2406.4.0.0
Jul 23, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#222359
An error occurs upon executing the Receive Single action on the EDI Port Card page while importing the inbound file using the ORDERSD96A port.

2402.3.0.0
Jul 22, 2024

AWM

2401.3.0.0
Jul 22, 2024

FOR

2301.7.0.0
Jul 22, 2024

PMX

2402.1.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#219313
The system incorrectly displays the sales comments from the Sales Order page on the Released Production Order page, even when the production order was not created from the related sales order.

2406.3.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#217948
The AssistEdit button in the Dynamics Value field on the EDI Translations page doesn't function.
Hotfix
#217316
The Show action is not displayed on the EDI Message Linkage page.
Hotfix
#216858
The system fails to translate the EDI values when the Source Type field is set to Rebate Header, and the EDI Port field value is filled on the EDI Translations page.

2401.2.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#216985
The system fails to update the Location Code field value for the lines on the Manifest Lines FastTab upon executing the Import Manifest action, even when the location code is entered on the Manifest page.
Hotfix
#216986
The system incorrectly updates the Destination Document Line No., Destination Lot No., and Destination License Plate No. fields on the Manifest page upon executing the Update Manifest action. This issue occurs when the purchase order was created and released via the Create & Release Purchase Order action on the Manifest page and the items have the same GTIN code.
Hotfix
#216989
The system creates a duplicate entry on the Item Tracking Lines page when the associated purchase order is created with the Destination License Plate No. field set to Multiple License Plates but has the same GTIN code.

2403.3.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#219514
The system fails to display the license plate information on the Purchase - Invoice report upon executing the Post and Print action on the Purchase Order page. This issue occurs when the Calculate Packaging Per field is set to Order on the Packaging Setup page.

2402.5.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#219128
The Aptean Production Scheduling extension accesses fields from the Aptean Process Manufacturing extension directly through the foundation layer, even if the extension is not installed.

2403.2.0.0
Jul 19, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#222076
The system incorrectly updates the Condition Amount Excl. VAT field on the Gross Net Price List page for customers configured with the gross net price functionality.

2406.2.0.0
Jul 18, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#215399
The system fails to display the GTIN, SKU, Style, and EANCode field values from the inbound message while processing the sales order EDI messages via Aptean EDI 850 port to the following ports:Aptean EDI 810Aptean EDI 855Aptean EDI 856Aptean EDI 856 ConsolidatedThis issue arises when posting the sales order for shipment.
Hotfix
#211831
The system displays date information in an incorrect format in the XML file.
Hotfix
#212529
An error occurs upon executing the Receive All action on the EDI Port Card page for Aptean EDI 860 port.
Hotfix
#210915
The system fails to populate the values in the NumberofCartons and Weight fields in the information and OrderLevelRecord groups in the outbound file.

2403.2.0.0
Jul 18, 2024

EST

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
German (de-CH)
Enhancement
French (fr-CH)
Enhancement
French (fr-BE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-BE)

1.3.172197.0
Jul 18, 2024

ETM

2404.4.0.0
Jul 18, 2024

LBL

2401.0.0.0
Jul 18, 2024

WMS

Feature
Set up a warehouse in which warehouse employees can register all the warehouse movements by using the scanner.
Feature
Use the features and warehouse processes associated with license plates as a warehouse employee,
Feature
Receive guidance to the oldest lots with regards to the item shelf life per customer.
Feature
Use check and controls to guide your warehouse employees to the correct bins or trucks.
Feature
Print labels from the scanning device to accommodate all the features on the warehouse floor.
Feature
Use the Ad Hoc Bin Replenishment module to arrange the daily warehouse movements.
Enhancement
Picking sequence
Enhancement
Bin exclusivity type
Enhancement
Item number
Enhancement
Auto FEFO pick
Enhancement
Exclude from pick
Enhancement
Picking groups
Enhancement
Status

2417.1.0.0
Jul 17, 2024

ILY

2404.4.0.0
Jul 17, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#220662
An error occurs when registering the output for a lot-tracked item if the Aptean Lot Management extension is not installed, causing the system to fail to generate the lot number.

2403.2.0.0
Jul 17, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#220888
The system fails to display a customer specific packaging on the PO Details screen of the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when a released production order is created from the sales order.

2403.1.0.0
Jul 17, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#217076 
The barcode and QR code are not visible for the production order in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App.
Hotfix
#220662
An error occurs when registering the output for a lot-tracked item if the Aptean Lot Management extension is not installed, causing the system to fail to generate the lot number.
Hotfix
#215444 
In BC version 24 and later, the enum values in the Display Barcode on Production Order Screen and Lot No. Per fields on the Shop Floor Production Setup page behave differently due to schema version.
Hotfix
#216153
The system loses connection to Business Central in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when navigating to the Aptean Quality Control extension and then returning to the Aptean Shop Floor Production extension.

2401.1.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

CMG

Hotfix
#216928
The system displays an incorrect value in the Loan Entry Type field on the Contract Management FastTab of the Sales Invoice page. This issue arises when the Allow Interest Invoice checkbox is selected on the Loan Statuses page and the Create Loan Interest Invoices action is executed on the Loan card page.
Hotfix
#213183
The system incorrectly updates the Posting Group field value when changing the Document Type field value. This issue occurs on the General Journals, Payment Journals, and Cash Receipt Journals pages.
Hotfix
#216948
The system fails to display the Applies -to Doc. Type field value on the Cash Receipt Journals page. This issue arises upon executing the Create Batch Loan Pay Back Journal Lines action on the Loans list page.

2301.13.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#219120
Performance issue occurs while accessing the Follow-up Needed Cue on the Role Center due to filter within the FollowupNeededFDW.Codeunit.al codeunit.

2404.1.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#216150
The system incorrectly posts an item reclassification journal for license plates with multiple items when the item's bin code location differs from the license plate's bin code location. This issue arises when the New Bin Code field value defined on the Item Reclassification Journals page differs from the bin code associated with the license plate specified in the New License Plate No. field on the Item Tracking Lines page.

2402.4.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#217041
An error occurs when entering second shift timings in the Starting Time After Scheduling field on the Scheduling on Sorting No. page for a work center with multiple work shifts configured on the associated Calendar Entries page.

2401.2.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

SFL

2403.1.0.0
Jul 16, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#216817
The system fails to post condition accruals on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page upon selecting the Preview action on the Post Condition Accrual to G/L page. This issue arises when the Post Accrual to G/L checkbox is not selected on the Sales and Purchase Condition Calculations page.

2401.11.0.0
Jul 15, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#213233
An error occurs while changing the Ship-to field value on the Shipping and Billing FastTab of the Sales Order page. This issue arises when the sales order has existing sales lines, the associated customer is assigned with an item catalog code, and the Item Catalog Mandatory toggle on the Customer Card page is turned on.

2406.1.0.0
Jul 15, 2024

EDI

Enhancement
The OnAfterUOMConversion850 event has been added to the UoMConversionItemRef function within the ApteanEDI850BCW.XMLPort on the Sales Order page.
Enhancement
The OnAfterUOMConversion856 event has been added to the ItemLevelRecord of OnBeforePassVariable function within the ApteanEDI856ConsBCW.XMLPort to customize outbound documents.
Enhancement
The OnAfterUOMConversion810 event has been added to the OnAfterGetRecord() function within the ApteanEDI810BCW.XMLPort to customize outbound documents.

2402.4.0.0
Jul 15, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#216218
The system incorrectly splits the Place line on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app when picking partial quantities from multiple lots if the Pick According to FEFO toggle on the Location Card page is turned on. After changing the lot number for the remaining quantity, the Place line does not match the Take line, causing registration issues.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 15, 2024

LOG

2405.10.0.0
Jul 15, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#213983
An error occurs when creating a released production order with an item set to Backflushing in the Flushing Method field on the associated Item Card page. This issue arises when finishing the released production order with a partial quantity.

2403.2.0.0
Jul 12, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#219485
The tax and empty goods lines associated with the items on the sales order are duplicated when the sales order being shipped is reopened, a new item is added, and the order is released again.

2401.1.0.0
Jul 12, 2024

SFL

2403.2.0.0
Jul 12, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#219485
The tax and empty goods lines associated with the items on the sales order are duplicated when the sales order being shipped is reopened, a new item is added, and the order is released again.

2401.3.0.0
Jul 11, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#212978
The system does not function as expected when both the Aptean Beverage extensions and Aptean Inventory Overview extension are installed. This issue arises upon executing the Cut Order Quantity action on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page.

2402.3.0.0
Jul 11, 2024

REP

Enhancement
The time format for the Delivery Appointment Time, Delivery Starting Time, and Delivery Ending Time fields is updated to hh
AM/PM for the 12-hour format and HH
for the 24-hour format in the following reports:
  • Sales - Order Conf. FDW (60100)
  • Sales - Invoice FDW (60101)
  • Proforma Invoice FDW (60105)
  • Sales - Credit Memo FDW (60108)
Enhancement
The bill-to address and ship-to address are printed separately in the following reports, even if they are the same address.
  • Sales - Quote FDW (60104)
  • Sales - Blanket Order FDW (60107)
Enhancement
The company logo is resized to proper proportions and correctly positioned in the sales, purchase, and trade reports to enhance visibility.
Enhancement
The alignment of field names and values is updated in the sales and purchase reports.
Enhancement
The time zone information is removed from the following reports:
  • Whse. Ship Bill of Lading (60109)
  • Posted Warehouse Shipment Bill of Lading (60110)
Enhancement
The comments are printed in sales reports for lines with the Type field set to Comment.

2402.8.0.0
Jul 11, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#213264
The system fails to inherit the Shipping Date field value on the Warehouse Shipment page from the associated sales order upon executing the Pack and Ship action.The Shipment Date field value remains uneditable on the Shipment Batch page if not shipped, failing to prompt updates to related package headers when modified.

2429.0.0.0
Jul 10, 2024

FLY

2417.0.0.0
Jul 10, 2024

ILY

2404.0.0.0
Jul 10, 2024

LPL

2404.0.0.0
Jul 10, 2024

MWR

Enhancement

When you tap the New License Plate(F2) function on the Receipts screen in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse application, and the Use SSCC Number Format toggle on the Item Tracking Code page in Business central is turned on, the license plate number is generated based on the Company SSCC Setup page. To know more, see Processing Warehouse Receipt with License Plates.

Enhancement

When you tap the New License Plate(F2) function on the Production screen in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse application with the Use SSCC Number Format toggle turned on, on the Item Tracking Code page, the license plate number is generated based on the Company SSCC Setup/Customer SSCC Setup. To know more, see To create License plate during production output.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 10, 2024

SFP

2403.1.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#219114
The deposit lines are not posted on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order or Purchase Return Order pages according to the configured Qty. to Handle field value on the Inventory Pick page. This issue arises when posting an inventory pick for a sales order or purchase return order.

2402.3.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#215575
An error occurs when assigning a lot number to an item with an expiration date on the Firm Planned Order, Planned Production Order, or Simulated Production Order page. Note: This fix also resolves an issue that occurs when creating a production order in the Aptean Lot Management extension while working with the Aptean Expiration Management extension in bug ID #216011
Hotfix
#215777
An error occurs when creating a warehouse pick after generating a warehouse shipment from a purchase return order, transfer order, or released production order. This issue occurs due to the FEFO inventory setup, which is only available for sales-related documents.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

MFB

2403.14.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#205482
When scanning warehouse receipts for an item that is tracked by both license plate and lot number, the system allows the same license plate and lot number combination to be scanned multiple times for the same item number.

2405.9.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#208802
The system fails to display the To Bin Code and To Zone Code field values on the Movement Worksheets page, and the Bin Code and Zone Code field values on the Warehouse Movement page during the creation of the movement worksheet and warehouse movement. This issue arises when the Use Prod. Order Component Bin Code toggle on the Create Consolidated Production Movement page is turned on.

2403.1.0.0
Jul 09, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#216155
The tax lines are not posted on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order or Purchase Return Order pages according to the configured Qty. to Handle field value on the Inventory Pick page. This issue aries when posting an inventory pick for a sales order or purchase return order.

2403.2.0.0
Jul 08, 2024

ASM

1.11.170078.0
Jul 08, 2024

AUT

Enhancement
Danish (da-DK)
Enhancement
German (de-DE)
Enhancement
French (fr-FR)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)

2401.10.0.0
Jul 08, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#217042
The system fails to print questions on the posted quality control check report when the Question Type field is set to Text, DateTime, or Lot Attribute on the Quality Control Questions page.

2406.1.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#216561
Permission error occurs upon executing the Carry Out Action Message action on the Requisition Worksheets page if the user has Basic permission sets.

2404.1.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#210098
The Location Code field on the Purchase Claim page is not correctly updated with the Location Code field value from the Posted Sales Claim page. This issue arises when a purchase claim is created from the Posted Sales Claim page using the Create Purchase Claim action.

2401.0.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

GRR

Feature
Enhance your self-billing purchasing and accounting processes using the pooling accounting method. With pooling, you can calculate settlement for multiple purchase orders and multiple vendors. For more information, see Understand accounting methods.
Feature
Set up pooling lot aggregation templates to determine how the system should summarize or aggregate multiple settlement lines into one pooling line. For more information, see Set up pooling lot aggregation templates.
Feature
Set up a pooling template to define filter criteria to easily determine which purchase lines should be considered as settlement lines for pooling. For more information, see Set up pooling templates.
Feature
Run a settlement calculation for the pooling accounting method. For more information, see Create and run a settlement.
Feature
View the summary of the settlement lines generated using the pooling accounting method and view the revenue, claims, costs, and commissions calculation in detail. For more information, see Manage pooling calculations.

2401.1.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#210659
The system fails to release the purchase order when executing the Create & Release Purchase Order action on the Manifest page. This issue occurs only when the Aptean Lot Management extension is installed and the Automatically Assign Lot No. on Purchase Order field is set to On Release on the Lot Management Setup page.

2404.3.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#217040
The system gives a warning message when the obsolete item tracking status functions are used which are replaced by new internal functions.

2401.0.0.0
Jul 05, 2024

PCA

1.13.170102.0
Jul 05, 2024

SUL

Hotfix
#218869
An error occurs on the Sales Return Order page, upon executing the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action for an item configured with item tracking and selecting a value in the Return Reason Code field on the Lines FastTab with a blank default location code.

2406.0.0.0
Jul 04, 2024

AAT

2406.0.0.0
Jul 04, 2024

EDI

Feature
You can now process EDI messages by filtering EDI ports as per the defined EDI Processing Group field value on the Process EDI By Group report page. You can process the following actions:
  • Inbound Receiving: Create inbound EDI messages from inbound EDI ports and their connection settings to receive files.
  • Inbound Processing: Process inbound EDI messages.
  • Outbound Processing: Create outbound EDI messages from applicable documents.
  • Outbound Sending: Process outbound EDI messages and send files based on the EDI port's connection settings.
Feature

You can process EDI messages for sales return orders and sales credit memos through the Aptean EDI 812 port.

Feature

While processing EDI messages for sales orders through the Aptean EDI 812 Inbound port, if the Unit Cost Price field value is defined in the inbound file, the system uses this value in the Unit Price field for the sales lines of the associated order. If the Unit Cost Price field value is not defined, the system uses the Amount field value in the Unit Price field for the sales lines.

  • For line entries with the Type field set to Item, the system uses UOM conversion for the quantity and the specified unit of measure in the associated item reference document, updating the value in the sales lines.
  • For line entries with the Type field set to G/L Account, if the Qty. field value is defined in the inbound file, the system uses this value in the sales lines of the associated order. If the Qty. field value is not defined, the system assigns a default value of 1.
Feature

You can delete the sales order by setting the value of the TSet Purpose Code field as 01 in the inbound file while processing through the Aptean 860 Inbound port.

Feature

While processing the EDI Message, the Unit of Measure Code field value on the warehouse shipment line gets inherited with the corresponding Dynamic Value field value defined on the EDI Translations page for the UOMofSizeInnerPack field value on the EDI Messages page. If the EDI Value field is not configured for the defined unit of measure code, the system will inherit the value from the source document. This scenario is applicable while processing the EDI messages through the below mentioned ports:

  • Aptean EDI 940
  • Aptean EDI 940 Inventory pick Outbound
  • Aptean EDI 940 SO
Feature

While processing the EDI messages through Aptean EDI 945 and Aptean EDI 945 Inbound port, the Unit of Measure Code field value on the warehouse shipment line gets inherited with the corresponding EDI Value field value defined on the EDI Translations page for the UOM_warehouse field value on the EDI Messages page. If the defined unit of measure is not registered on the Unit of Measures page, the system will inherit the value from the source document.

Feature

You can update the price and quantity fields simultaneously on the existing sales line by setting the LineItemChangeCode field value to PQ in the inbound file while processing through the Aptean 860 Inbound port. Similarly, to replace the existing line, the field is set to RZ.

Feature

You can assign select EDI message fields with respect to the Dynamics Value, with different Related Message Field Name field value on the EDI Translations page. The system will cross-check the combination of the EDI value, dynamics value, and related message field name before processing the EDI messages.

Feature

You can process the Aptean 860 EDI messages if the AssignedIdentification field value is not defined in the inbound file. The system attempts to find a matching line number based on the item number. It finds the item number using the values defined in the BuyersCatalog, Filler2, Filler3, and VendorsCatalog fields of the inbound file.

Feature

EDI messages are created regardless of format errors when receiving files by executing one of the receive actions on the EDI Port Card page or when received during scheduled EDI jobs.

Feature

A notification message is received when the License Status field on the EDI Setup page has an Inactive or Expired value, and any send or receive action is executed through the ports.

Enhancement
While processing the EDI messages, the system will map GTIN field value defined on the Item FastTab of the Item Card page, if for that defined inbound document the UPC Number, SKU, and Style field values aren't configured on the EDI Translations and Item Reference Entries page. This scenario is applicable while processing the EDI messages through the below mentioned ports:
  • Aptean EDI 810 Purchase
  • Aptean EDI 850
  • Aptean EDI 856 Purchase
  • Aptean EDI 947
Enhancement
While processing the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 945 port, if the CaseLot field value is defined in the inbound file, the system inherits the value in the Lot No. field on the Item Tracking Lines page of the associated sales order. If CaseLot field value is not defined in the inbound file, the system does not modify the existing item tracking lines.
Enhancement
While processing the EDI messages for sales order via the Aptean EDI 940, Aptean EDI 940 Inventory Pick, and Aptean EDI 940 SO ports, the system displays the TotalWeight field value on the EDI Messages page. The TotalWeight field value is calculated as the product of WarehouseOrderLine.Quantity and WarehouseOrderLine.Gross Weight field values.
Hotfix
#176399
The system fails to block order creation when there is a price discrepancy and the VALIDATE port option is active.The system fails to prevent order creation when the user selects No in the confirmation box prompted by the VALIDATE port option.
Hotfix
#196917
An error occurs upon processing posted sales invoice through the Aptean EDI 810 port.
Hotfix
#196664
The system fails to update the values for the SUM Allowance and SAC 05 fields on the EDI Messages page while processing EDI messages for posted sales invoices via the Aptean EDI 810 port.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 04, 2024

FBR

2405.8.0.0
Jul 04, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#211375
The system incorrectly calculates the Quantity field value on the Internal Movement page when the internal movement is created via the Create Consolidated Production Movement page and the To Bin Code field value is associated with a bin containing multiple lots.
Hotfix
#212263
An error occurs upon executing the Change Production Scenario action on the Production Order Scheduling page when executing the Change Production Scenario action. This issue arises when an item assigned to a co-product is used in the released production order lines without including the co-product.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 04, 2024

TAX

Enhancement
The Tax Statements page now includes new functionalities, allowing you to define multiple filters for the Item Ledger Entry Type, Unit of Measure Code Filter, and Rate Code Filter fields.
Enhancement
You can setup a tax rule on the Tax Management Setup page, using the No Tax Registration option, to not calculate the tax document lines, when the associated document is posted on the Tax Ledger Entries page.
Enhancement
In the Tax Management Setup page, you can define a tax rule for each kind of movement when Yes is selected, otherwise an error is raised. If the option is set to No, then no tax rule needs to be defined for a movement. This is possible by using the options in the Tax Rules Required field.
Enhancement
You can specify how the excise type in an outbound purchase line is set on the Location Card page.

2403.1.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

ASM

2403.2.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#205404
The system generates empty lines on the Sales Order page when items assigned from the Trading Board page are blocked. This issue occurs when the Enable Contract On Sales toggle on the Contract Setup page is turned on and the Aptean Trading Board extension is installed.

2404.2.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

LMT

2403.2.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#214713
An error occurs on the Warehouse Pick page when assigning a value in the License Plate No. field. This issue arises specifically for warehouse pick documents created from released production orders.

2301.4.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

OUP

Hotfix
#210517
The system incorrectly generates a warehouse pick for remaining quantities when an under-pick is created for a released production order.

2403.1.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#210099
The system fails to calculate the item-bound packaging correctly on the Inventory Put-away and Inventory Pick pages when multiple lots are assigned to an item.

2405.7.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#213251
The system fails to update the dimensions for output items correctly on the Production Journal page associated with the production orders. This issue occurs when the Use Dimension for Consumption Posting from field is set to Consumption Item on the Process Manufacturing Setup page.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#216058
The system fails to calculate periodic discounts correctly on the Condition Document Lines (Sales and Purchase) page.
Hotfix
#213498
The system fails to calculate promotion free items on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page upon executing the Release or Calculate Drink-it Lines action. This issue occurs when the item number is specified on the Sales and Purchase Condition Combined Minimum & Mandatory page, and the Free Item No. field has a value on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page, but the associated free items do not appear on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#200632
The system fails to calculate the condition rules for the included customer when you execute the Release or Calculate Drink-it Lines action on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#196233
Performance optimization in the background calculation for the classification caused a slower response time.
Hotfix
#189656
Upon executing the Release or Calculate Drink-it Lines action, the payment for the associated item is not calculated on the Sales Order page. This issue occurs when on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned off and the value in the Payment Method Code field on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#216074
The promotion free items are not calculated on the Sales Order page, when the Item Type field is set to Per Document and Free Unit of Measure Code field value is different from Unit of Measure Code (Quantity) field value on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules page.
Hotfix
#215143
The system fails to create condition lines on the Condition Documents Line page upon executing Release or Calculate Drink-it Line action. This issue occurs when periodic rules are applied to the sales order via the Sales and Purchase Condition Rates page.
Hotfix
#202996
The Quantity UoM (Minimum) field value is incorrectly calculated on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page.
Hotfix
#215144
An error occurs on the Sales Order page while releasing the order associated with the sales and purchase condition rules that are certified.
Hotfix
#203743
The Amount field on the Sales Order page is not calculated for multiple net level discounts when both the Unit of Measure Code (Quantity) and Item No. fields are filled on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rates page.
Hotfix
#216451
Upon modifying the Quantity field on the Sales Return Order page, the rest of the associated fields on the Lines FastTab do not get updated. This issue occurs when the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action is executed on the Sales Return Order page and a Document No. is selected on the Posted Sales Document Lines page.
Hotfix
#205094
The periodic and combined item rules are not updated on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules List page. This issue occurs when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned off on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, and the Item Rules Overview action is executed on the Item Card page.

2408.0.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

TMT

2408.1.0.0
Jul 03, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#215510
The system fails to consider the Bill-to field value defined on the sales order when assigning trade plans.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 02, 2024

ASM

Enhancement
On the Order Entry page, when the Only Lines with Quantity toggle is turned on and the items are removed, the associated items are also removed from the Sales Order page.
Enhancement
On the bottom of the Order Entry page a notification stating the progress of the calculation condition alerts is displayed upon executing the Calculate Condition Alerts action.
Hotfix
#173029
A performance issue occurs when inserting sales lines due to the reduction in locktable by the order entry.
Hotfix
#196134
The Minimum Order Amount Excl. VAT field check fails while closing the Order Entry page or when initiating the Release Sales Document action, which does not consider the automatically added tax, deposit and sales condition lines.
Hotfix
#196458
The system fails to update the values in the Order Details and Order Totals fields on the Sales Order page based on the changes made on the Order Entry page.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 02, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#175714
Rounding of the deposit items can only be set up as No Rounding or Rounding Up in the Rounding filed on the Empty Goods Item Classification page when handling deposits in the sales and purchase documents.

2403.0.0.0
Jul 02, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#216435
An error occurs on the Standard Item Journals page when creating a new line entry using the Get Standard Journals action. This issue arises when creating an entry associated with the Item Journal page.

2416.0.0.0
Jul 02, 2024

ILY

2405.1.0.0
Jul 01, 2024

EDI

Enhancement

The following events have been added within the ApteanEDI855PortEventBCW codeunit and are made accessible for use in ApteanEDI855 xmlport customizations.

  • OnBeforeProcessHeaderNode
  • OnBeforeProcessLineNode
  • OnBeforeProcessEndOfPOAckNode
  • OnBeforeProcessServiceAllowanceChargeHeaderNode
  • OnBeforeProcessServiceAllowanceChargeDetailNode
  • OnBeforeProcessStoreDetailRecordNode
  • OnBeforeProcessNoteRecordNode
Enhancement

You can print the total quantity for multiple line entries on the EDI Packages page by configuring the EDI Label Report ID field with either the EDI UCC Package Label 3 or EDI UCC Package Label 4 value on the Customer Card page.

Hotfix
#212530
An error occurs upon executing the Print UCC Label or Batch Print UCC Label action on the Pallet Card or Pallet List page when the EDI Label Report ID field is set with EDI UCC Package Label 5 on the associated Customer Card page.

2301.12.0.0
Jul 01, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#217057
Performance issues occur due to the use of the existing inventory FlowFields, causing slowdowns while performing the inspection status activities on the Role Center.

2403.13.0.0
Jul 01, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#211477
An error occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app when scanning a purchase order with items set up with a direct location, resulting in these items being incorrectly included in the generated warehouse receipt. This issue arises when the Bin Mandatory toggle on the associated Location Card page is turned on. Further, when this data is transferred to Business Central via the Transfer Scan Data action on the Warehouse Receipt page, the incorrectly included item lines are transferred, preventing the warehouse receipt from being posted.

2402.2.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

AWM

Hotfix
#205574
The system displays incorrect values in the Destination No. and Destination Address Code fields on the General FastTab of the Warehouse Pick page. This issue occurs upon defining the values in the Alternate Vendor Address Code field on the Purchase Return Order page or in the Code field on the Shipping and Billing FastTab of the Sales Order page.

2403.0.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

CDM

2403.1.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#207460
The sales order number series updates incorrectly when created from a sales contract, using the starting number instead of the last used number. This issue arises when the Allow Gaps in Nos. toggle is enabled for both the sales order and sales contract number series on the No. Series page.

2402.2.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#215434
Performance issues occur due to the use of the existing inventory FlowFields, causing slowdowns while performing the expiration management activities on the role center.

2428.1.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

FLY

2404.3.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

LBL

Hotfix
#215874
An error occurs when attempting to print labels from the item tracking lines on the Sales Order and Release Production Order pages. This issue arises if the document number of the sales order or released production order exceeds 10 characters.

2401.1.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

QCL

Hotfix
#213955
Performance issues occur during pick registration due to the quality alerts generated for temporary records. 

2402.1.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated extensions.

2402.3.0.0
Jun 28, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#211374
An error occurs in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App while the system tries to retrieve the sales comment lines when the Aptean Advanced Comments extension is not installed but available together with the Shop Floor Production Power App in a bundle.

2402.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

AOW

2402.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

ASM

2402.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

AWM

2402.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

EGM

2404.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

LMT

2402.1.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

LOG

Enhancement
The OnBeforeIntlPickedAppliedToSourceDocument, OnAfterWhseStatusRuleFiltersSet, and OnBeforeIntlOrderShippedAppliedToSourceDocument integration events are added to the GeneralSalesPub107FDW codeunit to enhance customization.
Enhancement
The CreateWarehouseShipment procedure is changed from Internal to Public.

2403.12.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

MWR

2301.2.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

PFP

Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)

2401.9.0.0
Jun 27, 2024

QCA

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2405.0.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

AAT

2402.0.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

ACM

2402.1.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

ALC

2403.0.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

COM

2401.2.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

MFB

2403.0.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

PAC

2402.0.0.0
Jun 26, 2024

VIC

2401.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

CHP

Feature
Create day forecast and week forecast documents.
Feature
Create forecast documents from Harvest Order and Harvest Planning pages.
Feature
Link forecast documents to purchase orders.
Feature
Create purchase orders from the forecast documents.

2404.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

CLA

2402.1.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

EXM

Enhancement
The OnBeforeGetSalesShelfLifeDate event is added to the CheckExpirationDateFDW codeunit to allow custom handling before retrieving the sales shelf life date.
Enhancement
The ShowMinimumSalesShelfLifeWarning procedure in the CheckExpirationDateFDW codeunit is updated to ensure that it is accessible as needed, improving the usability and integration with other processes.

2427.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

FLY

2428.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

FLY

2402.1.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#208847
An error occurs on the Item Journals page upon executing the Get Standard Journals action and selecting OK after choosing a line on the Standard Item Journals page.

2414.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

ILY

2415.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

ILY

2402.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

PAC

2407.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

TMT

Feature
Calculate freight costs based on the defined shipment method code ensuring accurate and consistent cost estimations for shipping.
Feature
Configure freight cost calculations on the Trade Management Setup page, providing flexibility in how freight costs are applied and managed.
Feature
Define trade plan types and manage manual freight costs to control how freight expenses are tracked and applied.
Feature
Set up freight cost allocations by specifying shipping agents, calculation types, and rates to streamline the process of freight cost distribution and ensure precise cost accounting.

2404.0.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

TRA

Feature
Assign trade plans to transport orders.
Feature
Create and manage transport order via sales processing.
Feature
Assign trade plan item charge to associated source document.

2401.1.0.0
Jun 25, 2024

apteanpay

Hotfix
#211957
On the Aptean Pay Setup page, the Conv. Fees Bal. Account No. field incorrectly provides a lookup to the cash receipt journal batches instead of the G/L account list or bank account records.

2404.1.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#208614
An error occurs upon executing the Refresh Production Order action on the Released Production Order page. This issues arises when the Order Tracking Policy field is set to Tracking Only or Tracking & Action Msg. on the Planning FastTab of the associated Item Card page.

2401.3.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#208617
The system fails to add comments to the Purchase Comments field when an item deleted from a purchase order line is re-added. This issue occurs when a purchase order is created from a purchase quote via the Make Order action.

2403.4.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#211498
An error occurs on the Purchase Claim and Sales Claim pages, when the Claim Unit Price Excl. VAT and Claim Line Amount Excl. VAT fields on the Lines FastTab have zero or blank values. As a result, the associated purchase return order and sales return order are not created.
Hotfix
#211977
The Claim Calculation Method field is incorrectly updated on the Purchase Claim or the Sales Claim page when the claim is created via a purchase order or a sales order. This issue occurs when the Claim Calculation Method field value on the Claims Setup page is different from the value on the Purchase Claim or the Sales Claim page.

2403.5.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#211518
Upon executing the Get Receipt Lines action on the Purchase Claim page or the Create Claim action on the Purchase Order page, the resulting Claims - Get Purchase Receipt Lines page displays the packaging item lines associated with the item, along with the item line. These packaging item lines are also displayed on the purchase claim lines.

2424.0.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

FLY

2426.0.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

FLY

2301.11.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#214737
Performance issues occur during pick registration due to repeated inspection status checks, leading to increased registration time.

2404.2.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

LBL

Hotfix
#215316
On the Label Printer Setup page, the system does not allow configuring multiple machine centers for the same work center.

2405.6.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#212021
The system fails to update the Location field on a production order when downtime is added via the Production Order Scheduling page.

2401.0.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

QCL

2403.0.0.0
Jun 24, 2024

TRA

Feature
Define the reference number for vehicles on the Vehicle Card page. For more information, see Vehicles.
Feature
View and edit the relevant reference numbers for trucks and trailers on the Transport Order page. For more information, see Transport order.
Feature
Define truck and trailer details, including their reference numbers and seal numbers, on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Feature
Configure the transfer routes with the shipment method code.

2402.9.0.0
Jun 21, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#205399
An error occurs on the Posted Purchase Document Lines page upon executing the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action on the Purchase Return Order page, while filtering by document type to reverse posted receipts. This issue occurs specifically when the Aptean Packaging and Aptean Contract Management extensions are installed together.

2404.4.0.0
Jun 21, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#210922
The system fails to update the ShipToCode field value on the EDI Messages page when the Ship-to field is set as Location on the Purchase Order page. This issue occurs while processing the EDI messages through Aptean EDI 850 Outbound port.

2405.0.0.0
Jun 21, 2024

EDI

Feature
The TransactionSetPurpose field on the EDI Messages page is updated with the relevant code (00 for Original, 04 for Replace, 01 for Delete) based on the option selected in the dialog box on the Warehouse Shipment page. This occurs when you execute the Send Carrier Load Tender Message action using the port specified in the Carrier Load Tender EDI Port field on the associated Shipping Agents page.
Feature
You can schedule a job queue by turning on the Auto Process Carrier Load Tender Shipments toggle on the EDI Setup page to process warehouse shipments automatically.
Feature
You can process the warehouse shipments details to the EDI Messages page through the Aptean EDI 204 Outbound port.
Feature
You can update the details of the warehouse shipment and posted warehouse shipment on the EDI Messages page via the Aptean EDI 214 Inbound port.
Feature
You can create purchase invoice details by processing the EDI messages on the EDI Messages and All EDI Messages pages through the Aptean EDI 210 Inbound port.
Feature
You can set values for Equipment No., Equipment Description, and Seal Number fields on the EDI Document Fields page. The system automatically transfers these values from the source document to the associated document according to this sequence:
  • Sales order to posted sales invoice
  • Sales order to warehouse shipment
  • Sales order to posted sales shipment
  • Warehouse shipment to posted warehouse shipment

2403.11.0.0
Jun 21, 2024

MWR

2401.8.0.0
Jun 21, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#213522
The system fails to print the attached images while printing the posted quality control check when the language is set to Swedish (Sweden). This issue occurs when the Question field is set to Photo and the Answer field is set to Set on the relevant Quality Control Check page.

2403.3.0.0
Jun 20, 2024

CLA

Enhancement
from Purchase Claim page to Purchase Credit Memo page.
Enhancement
from Purchase Claim to Purchase Return Order page.
Enhancement
from Sales Claim page to Purchase Claim page.
Enhancement
from Sales Claim page to Sales Credit Memo page.
Enhancement
from Sales Claim page to Sales Return Order page.

2403.10.0.0
Jun 20, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#209972
An error occurs upon executing the Transfer Scan Data action on the Warehouse Pick page when the language is set to Dutch (nl-NL).
Hotfix
#210997
Performance issue occurs when registering a pick with split lines.
Hotfix
#211809
The Receive Queue page on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app does not display warehouse receipts that have been released and assigned with user IDs unless they are reopened.

1.16.167338.0
Jun 20, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#213149
Unable to access or extend the internal procedures of the Aptean Product Specification extension, preventing users from customizing the application.

2402.2.0.0
Jun 20, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#213154
The co-product line is not displayed with the item line on the Output screen of the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App.

2401.2.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#207699
The standard comments are not populated on the Purchase Comment View page when the Copy to Document Type field is set as Order on the Standard Comments page. This issue occurs when a purchase order is created from a purchase quote.

2401.10.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

CIC

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Danish (da-DK)
Enhancement
German (de-CH)
Enhancement
French (fr-BE)
Enhancement
French (fr-CH)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-BE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2301.10.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#211982
An error occurs on the Warehouse Reclassification Journals page, when selecting Lot No. on the Whse. Item Tracking Lines page. This error occurs if the Blocked checkbox is not selected for the Type field on the Inspection Status page for the Internal Movement Pick and Internal Movement Availability options.

2403.9.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

MWR

2401.1.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

NCF

Hotfix
#214046
Upon installing the Aptean Non-Conformances extension, an error message appears when opening attachments from the posted purchase invoice, posted sales invoice, posted purchase credit memo, and posted sales credit memo documents.

2405.5.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#209096
The system displays an incorrect value in the Expected Qty. field on the Production Variance page when the Unit Cost Calculation field is set to Units in the associated work center.
Hotfix
#212791
The system displays an incorrect value in the Expected Qty. field on the Production Completion Analysis report when the Unit Cost Calculation field is set to Units in the associated work center.

2401.0.0.0
Jun 19, 2024

TLX

2401.1.0.0
Jun 18, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Packaging extension.

2301.2.0.0
Jun 18, 2024

POD

2402.0.0.0
Jun 17, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#191563
An error occurs on the Sales Order page when attempting to execute the Calculate Drink-it Lines or Release action, preventing the calculation of the condition rule. This error occurs specifically when the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page has the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle turned on, and the Item Type field is configured as All Items with the Based On Item Type field set to Item Other.
Hotfix
#172332
A performance issue occurs when opening an item card with RuleFilterSet.

2402.2.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

CAW

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Catch Weight extension.

2301.9.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Inspection Status extension.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

LBL

Feature
Efficiently print multiple labels in NiceLabel or BarTender Cloud by grouping them into a single API call, avoiding the limitation of 5 API calls per second. For more information, see Set up labels.
Feature
Define unique configurations for each label printer. For more information, see Printer Code Setup.
Feature
Associate a specific Printer Code for easy identification during label printing tasks. For more information, see Label Printer Setup.
Hotfix
#173943
The auto-populated fields like Label Type and Label Subtype remain editable on the Label Printer Setup page despite label certification restrictions that should render them non-editable.

2404.1.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

LBL

2402.1.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

LIM

Hotfix
#212911
Performance issue occurs due to additional calculation of fields for license checks, impacting efficiency during module license validation.

2403.1.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean License Plate extension.

2405.4.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Process Manufacturing extension.

2401.7.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Quality Control (QCA) for Food and Beverage (BC) extension.

2301.7.0.0
Jun 14, 2024

QCL

Hotfix
#199647
Permission errors occur while performing production activities in the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App when users have Basic permission sets for the integrated Aptean Quality Control extension.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

ALC

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

AOW

Hotfix
#182843
The OWN 6 App stays in the Take screen instead of the Place screen, this happens upon changing the Alternating Count field and scanning the pallets on the Sub Module Templates page in Business Central.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#189831
An error occurs on the Sales Order page if the External Document No. field is left empty after executing the Return Entry action and exiting the Return Entry page, regardless of the order's status. This happens when the Ext. Document No. on Release Mandatory toggle is turned on in the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

AWM

Hotfix
#200950
An error occurs when creating a pick on the Warehouse Pick page if lot numbers are added via the Item Tracking Lines action on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

CDM

Hotfix
#186663
In the UnitofMeasure100FDW table, the Countable field is unavailable, causing the Number of Packages XML element to always be filled in an IE815 message, even when the Unit of Measure was not countable.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

EGM

Enhancement
Code changes were made to the permission sets to optimize performance.
Enhancement
Translations were added.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

EXM

Feature
Define the expiration setup based on item attributes.
Feature
Choose to receive an error if any of the expiration date setups fail such as FEFO, purchase shelf life, and sales shelf life.
Feature
Define the expiration setup for an item based on customer and vendor on the Expiration Setup page of the item.
Feature
Use the planned delivery date as the base date for expiration calculations on sales documents such as sales orders, warehouse shipments, and inventory picks.
Feature
Configure to use the document date or vendor production date as the base date for expiration calculations on purchase documents such as purchase orders, warehouse receipts, and inventory put-aways.
Feature
Configure to use the posting date, starting date, ending date, or vendor production date as the base date for expiration calculations for production and assembly orders.
Feature
Configure the FEFO inventory warning value as a date formula for customers, vendors, items, and item attributes. For more information, see Item Expiration Setup and Expiration Management Setup.
Feature
View the sales expiration date and expiration action date in the respective fields and the document number in the Remark field on the relevant Lot No. Information Card page.

2425.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

FLY

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#167501
The Custom Period field cannot be edited when the value of the Invoice Period field is set as Custom on the Create Periodic Invoice and Create Periodic Credit Memos pages. Additionally, when the Custom value is deselected in the Invoice Period field, the field does not clear.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

LOG

2401.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

PAC

Feature
Determine whether the location specified in the header or line should be considered for packaging calculations.
Feature
Perform packaging calculations even in the case of partial receipts or shipments.
Feature
Determine whether the packaging items should be added to the orders automatically when releasing the document or when the receipt/shipment is posted.
Feature
Determine whether order bound shipping containers should be calculated across all order lines or per individual order line.
Feature
Determine the sequence of operations, such as summing and rounding off, when calculating packaging quantity for combined order bound.
Feature
Perform packaging calculations only for the lines present on the warehouse documents. For more information, Inbound warehouse transactions and Outbound warehouse transactions.
Feature
Determine whether the responsibility for managing the packaging type lies with the customer or shipping agent, and compute the packaging balances for them. For more information, see Packaging Setup for Customer/Vendor.
Feature
View the responsible individual for managing the packaging type that has an entry on the Packaging Entries and Packaging Specification Entries pages.
Feature
View the packaging balances for specific shipping agents.
Feature
Change the responsibility type and person of the packaging entries. For more information, see Correct Packaging Entries.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

TAX

2406.0.0.0
Jun 13, 2024

TMT

Feature
Specify whether additional trade business and product groups should be used to calculate the document trade lines on the Trade Management Setup page. To know more, see Set up trade management.
Feature
Use additional trade business and product groups on the Customer Card, Vendor Card, and Item Card pages. To know more, see Trade Group Sets.
Feature
Create sales and purchase documents with the values in the Trade Business Group 2, Trade Business Group 3, Trade Product Group 2, and Trade Product Group 3 fields.
Feature
Access the calculated document trade lines by considering the additional trade group sets.
Feature
Use the Per Trade Business Group with Specific Item and Per Trade Product Group with Specific Source options in the Trade Rate Setup field to set the trade rate with the trade business group and trade product group for an item and customer/vendor. To know more, see Trade Plans.
Feature
Use the relevant trade plan that is applied to the sales or purchase order, based on the configuration and values set in the trade business and product groups to calculate the document trade lines. To know more, see Trade plan with trade group sets on sales and purchase orders.
Feature
Copy trade plans for the list of trade plans that have the Trade Rate Setup field set as Per Trade Business Group with Specific Item and Per Trade Product Group with Specific Source options. To know more, see Copy Trade Plan.

2404.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

AAT

2421.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

FLY

2422.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

FLY

2423.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

FLY

2401.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

GTR

2413.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

ILY

2404.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

LMT

2403.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

LPL

2401.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

SFL

2402.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#186511/177965
When posting the production order, the Expiration Date field is calculated incorrectly based on the routing start date of the production order instead of the system date in Aptean Shop Floor Production Power App.

2401.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

SFW

2401.0.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

VIC

2402.7.0.0
Jun 12, 2024

aptean-ship

Enhancement
When creating a shipping batch from a sales order or warehouse shipment, the Shipment Date field value is displayed on the associated Shipping Batch page.
Enhancement
When executing the Ship action on the Shipping Batch page, the system maps the Shipment Date field value to the Ready Date field value in the Shipment Status group of the Aptean Ship portal.
Enhancement
When modifying the Ready Date field value on the Aptean Ship portal, the system updates the Shipment Date field value on the Shipment Batch page in Business Central accordingly.

2403.2.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#210097
The Claim Calculation Method field on the Purchase Claim page is incorrectly updated with the New Price option even when the Claim Calculation Method field is set to Claim Price on the Claims Setup page. This issue arises when a purchase claim is created from the Posted Sales Claim page.
Hotfix
#207467
An error occurs while changing the Vendor No. field value with a new value of length more than 10 characters on an existing Purchase Claim page. The similar issue has also been addressed on the Posted Purchase Claim page.

2402.8.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#203309
The Original Order Qty. field value incorrectly updates to match the Contract Qty. field value upon reopening, adjusting, and re-releasing a sales contract.

2301.8.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#207494
When the Aptean Inspection Status extension is installed, it is not possible to open the base Cues and other Aptean Cues from the Role Center.

2401.1.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

MFB

Hotfix
#196270
The Production BOM No. and Routing No. fields are not updated correctly when the Source No. field is changed on an existing Released Production Order page.

2403.8.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#208650
Incorrect language translations for specific terms in the Dutch language code (nl-NL) on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app.
Hotfix
#207888
The Physical Count screen on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app displays an incorrect message stating All items have been counted instead of indicating what to count next. This issue occurs when the warehouse employee's default location differs from the location specified on the Physical Inventory Journals page.
Hotfix
#158952
Performance issues occur when executing the Pick, Planned Move, and Queue activities on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app.

2301.3.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

OUP

Hotfix
#205616
The Expected Quantity field displays an incorrect value on the Prod. Order Components page when registering a warehouse pick with under pick or over pick through a released production order.

1.5.165670.0
Jun 11, 2024

PPL

2405.3.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#206094
Upon running the Calculated Consolidated Consumption report with the Create Consumption Journal lines toggle turned on for a released production order with blank value in the Finished Output field, the system generates the associated consumption journal entries.
Hotfix
#209970
The system incorrectly updates the Unit of Measure Code field value on the Released Production Order page even after executing the Accept Split Plan action on the associated Production Split Worksheet page.

2401.6.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#206728
The system inherits the Lot No. field value on the quality control check entries created from purchase orders when the Quality Check Type field set as General on the Quality Control Triggers page.
Hotfix
#206724
The system inherits the Lot No. field value on the quality control check entries created from sales orders when the Quality Check Type field set as General on the Quality Control Triggers page.

2405.6.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#200741
The system displays incorrect value on the Line Discount % field on a sales order line when discount is applied via a trade plan with the Currency Code field value configured.
Hotfix
#208505
The system allows setting the Status field to Active on the Trade Plan Card page when the Source Type field is set as Vendor and the Source No. field is blank on the Trade Plan Rates page.

2402.6.0.0
Jun 11, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#212290
The Whse. Available to Pack FactBox displays all the items associated with the defined warehouse document number rather than fetching entries associated with the defined source doucment on the Pack Scanning page.
Hotfix
#212292
An error occurs when attempting to scan multiple orders or create packages for multiple orders on the Pack Scanning page.

2402.7.0.0
Jun 10, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#201991
A performance issue occurs on the Sales Order page, significantly delaying the creation of sales lines.

2405.2.0.0
Jun 10, 2024

PRM

2401.1.0.0
Jun 10, 2024

STM

2402.5.0.0
Jun 10, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#211991
The cursor incorrectly moves to the lines instead of remaining in the Item/UPC/Package field on the Pack Scanning page, when the Batch Pack and Prompt for Missing Carton toggles on the Pack Scanning and Ship Setup pages respectively, are turned on.
Hotfix
#211996
The system inherits the Scale Unit of Measure Code field value on the Pack Scanning page from the defined Unit of Measure Code field value on the Package Contents FastTab of the associated Package page.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 07, 2024

CSP

1.10.165155.0
Jun 07, 2024

FGR

2301.2.0.0
Jun 07, 2024

OUP

Enhancement
The codeunit have been made to address the warnings encountered during pipeline execution when upgrading to Business Central version 24.2.
Enhancement
The translation files for the Swedish (sv-SE) language have been updated with standard texts for better readability.

2301.2.0.0
Jun 07, 2024

PCA

2402.3.0.0
Jun 07, 2024

PSG

Enhancement
Danish (da-DK)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)

2402.2.0.0
Jun 07, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#205717
The following issues occur on the Purchase - Return Order, Purchase Credit Memo, Purchase - Invoice, Purchase – Quote, Purchase – Order, Good Received Not Invoiced, and Blanket Purchase Order reports. The county for the bill-to address, ship-to address, and company address is not updated on the reports. The country code is not updated on the reports when the Address Format field for the relevant country code is set to City+County+Post Code on the Countries/Regions page.
Hotfix
#205718
The following issues occur on the Sales - Order Conf. FDW, Sales - Invoice FDW, Sales - Shipment FDW, Sales - Quote FDW, Proforma Invoice FDW, Sales - Return Order FDW, Sales - Blanket Order FDW, and Sales Credit Memo FDW reports. The county for the bill-to address, ship-to address, and company address is not updated on the reports. The country code is not updated on the reports when the Address Format field for the relevant country code is set to City+County+Post Code on the Countries/Regions page.
Hotfix
#205719
The following issues occur on the Print Transport Order R3 report. The county for the bill-to address, ship-to address, and company address is not updated on the report. The country code is not updated on the report when the Address Format field for the relevant country code is set to City+County+Post Code on the Countries/Regions page.
Hotfix
#205720
The following issues occur on the Trade Accrual Summary, Trade Statement Summary, and Trade Statement Detailed reports. The county for the bill-to address, ship-to address, and company address is not updated on the reports. The country code is not updated on the reports when the Address Format field for the relevant country code is set to City+County+Post Code on the Countries/Regions page.

2401.2.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#193434
The system fails to update the Condition Alerts field value for multiple lines upon executing the Order Entry action on the Sales Order page. This occurs when the Calc. Alerts in Background toggle is turned on and the Order Entry Condition Alerts field is set to Always or On request on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.
Hotfix
#199689
Duplicate lines are added to the sales order lines on the Sales Order page when the Order Entry page is opened more than once.

2401.1.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#195927
An error occurs on the Purchase Order page when selecting Post after executing the Get Sales Order action. This issue occurs when Drop Shipment checkbox is selected while the posting of the associated sales order.

2402.0.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#200891
An error occurs when creating a warehouse receipt for a transfer order that moves an item from a non-license plate tracked location to a license plate tracked location. This issue occurs when the non-license plate tracked location does not have any associated zones, bins, and license plates, but the license plate tracked location has associated zones, bins, and license plates.

2401.5.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#208728
The quality control check is not created for transfer receipt when the Per Lot toggle is turned on on the Quality Control Triggers page. An error occurs upon executing the Post action on the Quality Control Check page when the Frequency Type field is set to Per Sample on the associated Quality Control Plan page.

1.3.164842.0
Jun 06, 2024

SCI

Hotfix
#210853
An error occurs when changing the Scale Verification field status to Verified on the Scales page due to the system interchanging the values of the Scale PrintNode ID and Scale PrintNode Computer ID fields. The Scale Company UOM Mapping page is not visible from the Role Center. An error occurs upon executing the Get Weight action on the Test Scale Integration page.

2401.2.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#208975
An error occurs due to the upgrade of the codeunit in the Aptean Process Manufacturing extension, as the code fails to check if the value has changed before performing the modification.

2402.4.0.0
Jun 06, 2024

aptean-ship

Enhancement
View and manually change the scale code configured for the defined warehouse location on the Pack Scanning page. This value is inherited from the Location Scale Integration Setup page.
Enhancement
Execute the Get Weight action on the Pack Scanning page to generate the calculated weight for the defined company warehouse location using the scale UOM in the Weight field.

2401.3.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

EXM

2420.0.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

FLY

2412.0.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

ILY

2404.0.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

LBL

2401.17.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#208351
On the Warehouse Pick page, the system fails to update the line with a value in the License Plate No. field for non-license plate tracked locations, even if the Pick According to FEFO toggle on the relevant Location Card page is turned on.
Hotfix
#208350
For sales orders, the system automatically updates the License Plate No. field value on the Item Tracking Lines page, preventing the creation of warehouse pick. This occurs when the item is in a non-license plate tracked location.

2404.0.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

OUD

2401.2.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

QPR

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2401.0.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

SSC

2401.1.0.0
Jun 05, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#210473
An error occurs upon executing the Preview & Close action on the BE AC4 Declaration page. This issue occurs when the reporting tax ledger entries are associated with a warehouse ledger entry in a mixed location.

2404.3.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

EDI

Enhancement
The OnBeforeProcessHeaderNode event has been added to the Header Segment of all nodes within the Aptean EDI 810 BCW xmlport and is made accessible for use in posted sales invoice customizations.
Enhancement
The OnBeforeCheckForDuplicateExternalDocumentNo850 event has been added to the CheckForDuplicateExtDocNo function within the Aptean EDI 850 BCW xmlport and is made accessible for use in duplicate order checks.
Enhancement
The OnAfterApplyFilterSalesHeader860 event has been added to the Header Segment within the Aptean EDI 860 BCW xmlport and is made accessible for use in sales order filter checks.
Enhancement
The OnBeforeUpdateSalesHeaderPort860 event has been added to the UpdateHeader function within the Aptean EDI 860 BCW xmlport and has been modified to make it accessible for use in sales order modifications.

2411.1.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

ILY

2405.1.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

PRM

2402.2.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#205917
An error occurs on the Manual Move Routing Lines page when the Starting Time field contains a calendar entry after the break time.

2401.3.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#196018
The ledger entries are not generated on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page, when a sales order is posted for ship and invoice for a multiple lot tracked item on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#193401
The value in the Item Description field is not updated with respect to the Item No. field value on the Promotion Item Mix & Match Selection (Sales and Purchase) page.
Hotfix
#199690
The Field Caption field on the Rule Filter Sets page is not updated upon opening this page from the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules page.
Hotfix
#199356
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Classification page, it is possible to delete a condition classification code which is active on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules page.
Hotfix
#191815
Upon executing the Calculate Drink-it Lines or Release and Condition Lines actions, the periodic rules associated with the sales order are not created on the Sales Order page. This occurs when on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned on, and the Based on Source Type field is set to either Customer Classification Other or Group Classification Other on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules page.
Hotfix
#207660
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned on/off, then upon executing the Customer Rules Overview action on the Customer Card page, the associated rule is not visible on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules List page.
Hotfix
#190720
When using Per Document as Item type on the Sales and Purchase conditions Rules page, the Unit Price Excl. VAT field is incorrectly calculated on the Sales Order page.

2405.5.0.0
Jun 04, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#205407
On the Value Entries page, the Cost Amount (Actual) field displays positive value instead of negative value for entries with the Trade Cost Posting Type field set to Reversal.

2403.5.0.0
Jun 03, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#208943
Performance issues occur, resulting in slower response times experienced by users, which impact the efficiency of warehouse activities, including lot attribute details in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app.

2401.11.0.0
Jun 03, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#196992
An error occurs while registering the output for the production order in the Shop Floor Production Power App. This happens when the Aptean Process Manufacturing extension is not installed but available together with the Shop Floor Production Power App in a bundle.

2403.7.0.0
May 31, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#197456
The Qty. Calculated field is visible on the Count screen in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app even when the Show Qty. Calculated value is set to No on the Mobile Profile Setup page in Business Central.
Hotfix
#192495
The Kebab Menu (3 vertical dots) are not visible on any of the screens in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app when the orientation in the settings is set to Landscape.

2405.0.0.0
May 31, 2024

PRM

Feature
Use the Create Consolidated Production Movement page, optimized for locations using zones.
Feature
Use the Ignore Zone Filter toggle on the Create Consolidated Production Movement page to create the internal movements and inventory movements, even when the bins specified for the item and component lines have different zone codes. To know more, see Consolidated Pick and Consolidated Consumption.

2401.2.0.0
May 31, 2024

PRO

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2405.2.0.0
May 30, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#207674/200422
An error occurs upon executing the Get Shipment Lines action on the Sales Invoice page, and the system fails to display the appropriate value in the Applied Unit Price field on the Lines FastTab.

2401.16.0.0
May 30, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#204404
The Lot No. fields are updated incorrectly on the Inventory Put-away page when the associated item tracking lines are assigned with multiple lots.

2403.1.0.0
May 30, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#174369
The Qty. to Ship field value is incorrectly updated on a sales order when the lot number for the item is assigned via the Trading Board page and the Overdelivery or Underdelivery checkbox is selected on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page.

1.15.163263.0
May 30, 2024

PRS

2401.10.0.0
May 30, 2024

SFP

2405.4.0.0
May 30, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#200421
An error occurs upon executing the Preview Posting action as the feature is incompatible with the Aptean Trade Management extension. This issue affects the following pages: Purchase Order Purchase Invoice Sales Order Sales Invoice

2401.1.0.0
May 29, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#205080
When you create a sales order from the Sales Quote page, the Sales Comments field value on the Sales Order page does not match with the relevant value displayed on the Standard Comments page. This occurs if the Copy to Document Type field is set to Order and the Item Type field is set to All Items on the Standard Comments page.

2301.2.0.0
May 29, 2024

APMOEE

Enhancement
Items list
Enhancement
Item Card
Enhancement
Locations list
Enhancement
Location Card

2401.2.0.0
May 29, 2024

BIC

Hotfix
#200867
An error occurs when attempting to delete an item with the Synchronization Status set as Synchronized as the system fails to verify associated ledger entries and user permission sets.

2301.6.0.0
May 29, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#207365
The UpgradeTags labels were not locked, requiring a translation fix.

2402.6.0.0
May 29, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#206043
An error occurs upon executing the Preview Posting action as the preview is incompatible with the functionality of the Aptean Contract Management extension. This error occurs in the following pages: Purchase Order Purchase Invoice Purchase Credit Memo Purchase Return Order Sales Order Sales Invoice Sales Credit Memo Sales Return Order

2419.0.0.0
May 29, 2024

FLY

2401.0.0.0
May 29, 2024

NCF

Feature
Customer Non-Conformances list
Feature
Customer Non-Conformance card
Feature
Closed Customer Non-Conformances list
Feature
Closed Customer Non-Conformance card
Feature
Vendor Non-Conformances list
Feature
Vendor Non-Conformance card
Feature
Closed Vendor Non-Conformances list
Feature
Closed Vendor Non-Conformance card
Feature
Internal Non-Conformances list
Feature
Internal Non-Conformance card
Feature
Closed Internal Non-Conformances list
Feature
Closed Internal Non-Conformance card

2401.0.0.0
May 29, 2024

PRC

Feature
Specify whether the routing line unit cost should be used only for the direct cost portion while indirect costs continue to be sourced from the machine center.
Feature
Configure the Unit Cost Calculation field on the Work Center Card and Machine Center Card pages.

2403.0.0.0
May 29, 2024

PRM

2404.0.0.0
May 29, 2024

PRM

Feature
Use the backward flushing method for component items irrespective of whether the Reallocate Consumption from Main Item checkbox is selected on the production BOM line. Additionally, when this configuration is active, the backward flushing method function occurs first upon changing the production order status to Finished. Subsequently, the consumption item reallocation function takes place.
Feature
Specify if the internal movement lines should include the inventory demand exceeding the available supply when creating the internal movements through the Create Consolidate Production Movement page.
Feature
Exclude the internal movement lines that lack values in either the From Bin Code or To Bin Code fields while creating inventory movement.
Hotfix
#194535
When executing the Optimize Batch Size action on the Released Production Order page, the system updates the Routing No. field in the header with the routing number linked to the item, instead of maintaining it with the routing number associated with the relevant production scenario on the line.
Hotfix
#196663
When executing the Calculate Regenerative Plan action on the Planning Worksheets page, the system creates lines for main and component items with different reference order numbers except for the last main and component items. This occurs when multiple main items are involved. When executing the Refresh Planning Line action for multiple lines, specific lines are deleted from the Planning Worksheets page.

2302.6.0.0
May 29, 2024

SSC

1.10.162222.0
May 28, 2024

AUT

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2404.2.0.0
May 28, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#202032
The system fails to inherit the EANCode and GTIN field values from the relevant EDI message processed through the Aptean EDI 850 inbound port to the EDI Messages page processed for the Aptean EDI 810, 856, and 856 consolidated ports.

2402.7.0.0
May 28, 2024

PRM

2301.5.0.0
May 27, 2024

CHP

2402.5.0.0
May 27, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#204101
While selecting the Show Document action on the Purchase Lines page, the Purchase List page opens instead of the Purchase Contract card page. This issue occurs on the Purchase Order, Purchase Invoice, Purchase Return Order, and Purchase Credit Memo documents.

2401.1.0.0
May 27, 2024

CSP

Enhancement
Danish (da-DK)
Enhancement
German (de-DE)
Enhancement
Spanish (es-ES)
Enhancement
French (fr-FR)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE )

2401.2.0.0
May 27, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#201507
An error occurs upon registering a pick document in Business Central when the Permission Set is configured as BASIC for the user.

2401.2.0.0
May 27, 2024

IOV

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2301.7.0.0
May 27, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#205419
A performance issue occurs while loading the fields on the Lot No. Information card page.

2403.1.0.0
May 27, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#204137
The system generates the lot number incorrectly on the Item Tracking Lines page when the Work Date value on the My Settings page has a single-digit day value.
Hotfix
#205233
The system fails to update the Item Tracking and Assigned Lot field values correctly on the Warehouse Receipt page, when a warehouse receipt is created from a transfer order.

2401.15.0.0
May 27, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#192166
On the Warehouse Pick and Inventory Movement pages, the system fails to update the Lot No. field for the second line where the Action Type field is set to Place. This issue occurs when the same item and license plate are selected, and the quantity is evenly split on the corresponding take line where the Action Type field is set to Take.
Hotfix
#203331
On the Sales Order page, when using the drop shipment functionality, the system updates the Assigned License Plate(s) field for the item in the non-license plate tracked location with the same license plate number as the item in the previous line that is in the license plate tracked location.
Hotfix
#199335
An error occurs when manually entering a value in the License Plate No. field on the Item Tracking Lines page. This happens when assigning license plates for the component items associated with the item on the second line of the Released Production Order page.

2401.4.0.0
May 27, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#202743
Quality control checks are not created correctly for the purchase receipts when the Quality Control Type field on the Quality Control Triggers page is set to General. This issue also occurs with sales return receipts and transfer receipts.
Hotfix
#203600
A permission issue occurs when posting the output from the Production Journal page.
Hotfix
#203601
The Lot No. field is not updated on the Quality Control Checks page when posting the output from the Production Journal or Output Journals page.
Hotfix
#206320
Quality control checks are not created correctly for the sales shipments when the Quality Control Type field on the Quality Control Triggers page is set to General. This issue also occurs with purchase return shipments and transfer shipments.

2301.6.0.0
May 27, 2024

QCL

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2402.1.0.0
May 27, 2024

REP

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2405.3.0.0
May 27, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#204351
The Posted Purchase Document Trade Lines and Posted Sales Document Trade Costs information are not updated on the Posted Purchase Receipt and Posted Sales Shipment pages respectively when documents are indirectly posted through drop shipments.

2301.8.0.0
May 27, 2024

TRB

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2401.4.0.0
May 24, 2024

ALA

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2405.1.0.0
May 24, 2024

APR

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade code units were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

1.2.162107.0
May 24, 2024

ASR

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
German (de-DE)
Enhancement
French (fr-BE)
Enhancement
French (fr-CA)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-BE)

2401.9.0.0
May 24, 2024

CIC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2403.1.0.0
May 24, 2024

CLA

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade code units were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2401.1.0.0
May 24, 2024

DRP

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2403.3.0.0
May 24, 2024

LBL

Hotfix
#197120
An error occurs while selecting the Print Labels button only when the work center is filled on the Label Printer Setup page in Business Central.

2401.13.0.0
May 24, 2024

LPL

2401.14.0.0
May 24, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#205402
Performance issue occurs during license plate movements as the reservation entry remains locked for an extended period after the final entry.

2403.6.0.0
May 24, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#173262
An error occurs when accessing the Pick list on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app if the related warehouse pick is open but the corresponding sales order has been fully shipped and invoiced.

2301.1.0.0
May 24, 2024

PCA

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade code units were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2401.1.0.0
May 24, 2024

PRO

Enhancement
Procedures were added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates were implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: The Install and Upgrade code units were updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized License Management Procedures: The existing license management codeunit was modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

1.2.162035.0
May 24, 2024

SCI

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2401.9.0.0
May 24, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#180401
The Shipping Container field is not automatically updated with the default packaging code while selecting the Generate new license plate no. action on the Register Output screen.
Hotfix
#194324
When posting additional output via the Shop Floor Production Power App, despite the Lot No. Per field being set to Production Order on the Shop Floor Production Setup page, the system generates a new lot number instead of utilizing the pre-assigned one from the item tracking lines, leading to duplicated lot numbers.
Hotfix
#190829
The Quality Checks field is not correctly updated on the Shop Floor Production Power App screen when the Trigger Action Type is set as Recurring (Output Quantity) on the Quantity Triggers page in Business Central.

2301.5.0.0
May 24, 2024

VIC

Enhancement
Enhanced application interaction: Procedures have been added to enhance the application interaction, improve upgrade tag management, streamline upgrade and installation processes, and provide additional flexibility by managing upgrades on a per-company and per-database basis.
Enhancement
Application area refresh: Updates have been implemented to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved management of install and upgrade code: The Install and Upgrade codeunits have been updated to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes, ensuring smoother transitions and minimizing disruptions during these operations.
Enhancement
Centralized license management procedures: The existing license management codeunit has been modified to use centralized license management procedures, further reducing the need for application-specific adjustments.

2403.4.0.0
May 23, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#205536
An error occurs while installing the Aptean Advanced Attributes extension in Business Central.

2404.1.0.0
May 23, 2024

EDI

Enhancement
While processing the EDI message through the Aptean EDI 943 port, the UnitofMeasureCode field on the EDI Message page inherits the value from the EDI Translations page based on the values defined in the EDI Value and Dynamics Value fields. If the EDI Translations page is not configured, the UnitofMeasureCode field inherits the Receiving Unit of Measure Code field value from the associated warehouse receipt lines.
Enhancement
While processing the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 943 port, the BuyerCatalog field on the EDI Messages page inherits the vendor reference value.
Enhancement
The OnBeforeFillBillToAddress850 event has been added to the UpdateHeader function within the ApteanEDI850BCW XMLPort, which is made accessible for use in address segment customizations from the customer card.
Enhancement
The OnAfterUpdateHeader850 event has been added to the UpdateHeader function within the ApteanEDI850BCW XMLPort, which is made accessible for use in Sales Order customizations.
Hotfix
#193961
While processing the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 856 port:The system displays Bill-To information for the State and Postal Code fields in the BY address segment instead of Sell-To information.The system displays Ship-To information for the Country/Region Code field in the BY address segment instead of Sell-To information.
Hotfix
#193963
When processing the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI outbound ports, the system displays the Invoice Total Amount, Hanger Charge, Weight, Freight, Taxes, Price, and Quantity field values in an incorrect format.
Hotfix
#196457
When processing the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 856 port, the system displays the BatchDate field value in an incorrect format.

2405.2.0.0
May 22, 2024

TMT

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)

2301.2.0.0
May 22, 2024

WSC

2403.5.0.0
May 21, 2024

MWR

2402.3.0.0
May 21, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#201504
An error occurs when processing sales orders via the Batch Post Sales Orders page when the Invoice toggle is turned on.The system displays a validation pop-up message after each shipment process, reducing the efficiency of the batch job.An error occurs when posting sales orders via the shipping batch.

2401.3.0.0
May 17, 2024

AWM

2401.1.0.0
May 17, 2024

LOG

2405.1.0.0
May 16, 2024

TMT

Enhancement
Swedish (sv-SE)
Enhancement
Dutch (nl-NL)
Hotfix
#205227
The translations files for the Dutch (nl-NL) language are not working.

1.6.160264.0
May 15, 2024

AAC

2401.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

ACM

2405.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

APR

2401.1.0.0
May 15, 2024

BIC

2402.4.0.0
May 15, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#201277
Upon executing the Show Document action from the Sales Lines page accessed through the Contract No. field on the Sales Order page, the Sales List page opens instead of the Sales Contract page.

2401.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

CSP

2401.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

DRP

Feature
Configure the general setup to perform the drop shipment activity. To know more, see Drop shipment setup.
Feature
Define a drop shipment location.
Feature
Create the drop shipment purchase orders from the sales order documents. To know more, see Create drop shipment purchase orders.
Feature
Undo the drop shipment and post the sales and purchase invoices. To know more, see To undo drop shipment.
Feature
View the Vendor No. field value on the Requisition Worksheets page, which is automatically populated when the drop shipment location code is used in the sales line.
Feature
View the filtered list of sales orders that have the desired drop shipment vendor numbers when performing the Get Sales Order action to link the drop shipment sales order with the purchase order.

2404.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

EDI

Feature

You can utilize the Aptean EDI extension in conjunction with the Aptean Trade Management and Aptean Advanced Pricing extensions to access and view the updated values in the Unit Price Excl. Tax and Line Discount % fields associated with the sales lines.

Feature

On the EDI Port Options page, when the FB_SET_MANUAL_PRICE field is set to Yes, the system disregards configurations related to Aptean Trade Management and Aptean Advanced Pricing extensions while processing the 850/860 EDI messages for the unit price and discount values associated with the sales lines. This feature is applicable to the following Aptean EDI ports:

  • Aptean EDI 850 port
  • Aptean EDI 860 port
  • Aptean EDI 810 Purch port
  • Aptean EDI 812 port

2418.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

FLY

2408.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

ILY

2410.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

ILY

2411.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

ILY

2401.2.0.0
May 15, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#193454
An error occurs on the Sales Order page, upon changing the Shipment Date for a released sales order on the Sales Order and Route Planning Worksheet pages.
Hotfix
#184583
Upon renaming the Code field on the Sales and Purchase Condition Classifications page, the Field Value field is not updated on the Rule Filter Sets page.
Hotfix
#179484
When the Item Type field is set as Per Document on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page, when using the copy function and releasing the credit memo an extra line is added on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Credit Memo page.

2405.0.0.0
May 15, 2024

TMT

2404.1.0.0
May 14, 2024

APR

2301.7.0.0
May 14, 2024

BOR

2403.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

CLA

2417.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

FLY

2409.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

ILY

2403.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

LMT

2403.4.0.0
May 14, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#194363
While scanning the license plates in the Partial LP Move mode on the Move screen, the scanner prompts to enter the quantity in the Base Unit of Measure instead of the Purchase Unit of Measure (or Unit of Measure on the license plate).

2402.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

REP

2404.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

TMT

2402.0.0.0
May 14, 2024

TRA

Feature
Generate a consolidated warehouse document for all inbound requests and another for all outbound requests that are associated with the transport order. For more information, see Transport Setup.
Feature
Manage all aspects of transport orders facilitating activities like replanning, adding extra stops, creating, posting, and printing related documents, as well as initiating claims. For more information, see Transport Management.
Feature
Create cash, card, and other forms of payment related to sales and sales return orders from the Transport Management page using the template configured on the Transport Setup page. For more information, see Transport Management and Transport Setup.
Feature
Create transport route assignments for specific vendors and locations.
Feature
Assign transport route code and stop sequence number using the available active route assignments for purchase, purchase return, transfer, and sales return orders.
Feature
Calculate the next available receipt/shipment day, date, and alternative transport route code for purchase, purchase return, transfer, and sales return orders.
Feature
Determine whether to include transport requests from sales and purchase return orders while creating a transport order using the Create Transport Order action on the Transport Planning page. For more information, see Create Transport Order.

2401.8.0.0
May 13, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#201673
When a sales order is created from the Customer Card page, the Item Catalog action is unavailable on the Sales Order page, preventing access to the Sales Item Catalog card page.

2402.3.0.0
May 13, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#201282
The Unit Price Excl. VAT field on the sales contract lines and the Direct Unit Cost Excl. VAT field on the purchase contract lines are editable despite the Allow Direct Sales Line Price Update and Allow Direct Purchase Line Cost Update toggles being turned off on the Advanced Pricing Setup page.
Hotfix
#201403
The sales return order transferred through the Intercompany Inbox Transactions page does not include the location code from the corresponding purchase return order.
Hotfix
#201594
The purchase and purchase return orders transferred through the Intercompany Inbox Transactions page do not include the location code from the corresponding sales and sales return orders.

2416.0.0.0
May 13, 2024

FLY

2401.12.0.0
May 13, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#201994
An additional line showing a quantity of 0 appears on the associated License Plate Overview page after executing the Post action on the Physical Inventory Journals page if the Qty. Counted field on the Physical Count screen of the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app is less than the quantity (indicating a negative adjustment) on the respective Item Card page.

2301.6.0.0
May 13, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#200653
The system restricts removing the Source Type field value on the Pricing Matrix FastTab of the Sales Price List page.

2302.5.0.0
May 13, 2024

SSC

Hotfix
#200648
When multiple license plates with the same lot and same bin are scanned on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app for a customer configured with the SSCC setup, the system only updates the lines for the first scanned license plate on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Hotfix
#200618
When manually changing the bin for picking full pallets and attempting to scan with the same lot but with a different license plate on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app for a customer configured with the SSCC setup, the system fails to update the line for the newly scanned license plate for the same bin on the Warehouse Shipment page.

2402.1.0.0
May 13, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#198585
An error occurs while creating a warehouse shipment document via the Create Transport Order page when the Route Code field value is changed on the Transport Planning page.

2402.2.0.0
May 10, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#204390
A performance issue occurs when creating sales order lines from the Point of Sale (POS) system.

2403.1.0.0
May 10, 2024

EST

Hotfix
#199839
When creating a new sales or purchase order, an error occurs on the respective Sales Order or Purchase Order page, when the Permission Set field is set as ESSENTIALBASIC137FDW on the User Card page.

2301.7.0.0
May 10, 2024

EXC

Hotfix
#197178
The extensible condition for all the tables has been set to false, preventing customization and extension of the data model.

2301.4.0.0
May 10, 2024

PSC

Hotfix
#200889
The system fails to populate lines with relevant co-products on the Released Production Order page upon executing the Change Production Scenario action to change the production scenario.

2402.1.0.0
May 10, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#199783
An error occurs when attempting to manually remove the value from the Item No. field on the released production order line.

2401.2.0.0
May 09, 2024

FOR

Hotfix
#201459
An error occurs upon selecting OK when the Quantity Calculation field is set as Average on the Import history into Demand Forecast card page, preventing the creation of the associated entries on the Demand Forecast Overview page.

2401.1.0.0
May 09, 2024

IFB

2403.3.0.0
May 09, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#190825
The Shipping Container Code field on the License Plate Card page in Business Central is emptied while executing the Flush process in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app.

2301.5.0.0
May 09, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#200649
Upon executing the Recalculate Prices action on the Pricing Inquiry page, the system displays inactive and draft price lists on the Pricing Inquiry Lines FastTab.

2401.3.0.0
May 09, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#200736
On the Quality Control Check page, when the Question field is set as Photo, and the Answer field is set as Not Set, the system incorrectly posts the associated quality control check. This occurs despite the Mandatory checkbox is selected for the related question code on the relevant Quality Control Plan page.

2401.1.0.0
May 08, 2024

AWM

2401.2.0.0
May 08, 2024

AWM

Hotfix
#200994
An error occurs upon entering the Base Unit of Measure field value on the Item Template page, preventing the update of the item template. This issue is related to bug 196128.

2401.8.0.0
May 08, 2024

SFP

2302.4.0.0
May 08, 2024

SSC

2301.1.0.0
May 08, 2024

WSC

2401.3.0.0
May 07, 2024

ALA

2403.2.0.0
May 07, 2024

LBL

2403.2.0.0
May 07, 2024

MWR

2301.6.0.0
May 07, 2024

SFL

2301.7.0.0
May 07, 2024

TRB

2301.4.0.0
May 07, 2024

VIC

2403.3.0.0
May 06, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#199462
An error occurs when posting a purchase invoice when the Doc. Amount Incl. VAT field value was not updated.

2403.3.0.0
May 03, 2024

AAT

2402.1.0.0
May 03, 2024

COM

Hotfix
#200298
An error occurs upon executing the Create Warehouse Shipment action on a sales order created via the Intercompany Inbox Transactions page, as the Location Code and Sell-to Customer No. field values were updated incorrectly.

2403.0.0.0
May 03, 2024

EDI

Feature
While processing the EDI message through the Aptean EDI 810 port, the Freight field value on the EDI Messages page inherits the item charge’s unit price value from the associated sales order only if the EDI Freight Charge toggle on the Item Charge Table page is turned on for the defined sales order. If the ADD-CHARGES TO PRICE field is set to Yes on the EDI Port Options page, the system neglects the freight value, regardless of the status of the EDI Freight Charge toggle.
Feature
The CaseLot field within the ShipmentDetail group on the EDI Messages page is updated with the associated Lot Number/Item Reservation Entry field using the Aptean EDI 846 Outbound port.
Feature
The LotNumber field within the ItemDetail group on the EDI Messages page has no mapping.
Feature
You can now validate UOM values not only using customer item references but also considering the item reference used for item determination, including barcode type. In case the item determination relies on translation, you can validate item references based on customer and barcode type.
Feature
During the processing of the EDI message through the Aptean EDI 850 port, the Unit Price, Quantity, and Measurement field values from the inbound file are automatically converted to the preferred UOM in the outbound messages.
Feature
The UnitofMeasure field on the EDI Messages page is updated with the EDI Unit of Measure field from the associated sales order using the Aptean EDI 850/860 Outbound port.
Feature
The system now incorporates both the EDI ratio and the ratio set by the EDI Package. Furthermore, adjustments have been made to ensure alignment between the UOM and Quantity in the EDI Package and the sales UOM during the processing of the EDI messages through the Aptean EDI 856 port.
Feature
The system generates G/L lines for the associated sales order based on the SAC values, representing allowances as negative values and charges as positive values in the corresponding G/L line. Referencing the provided information:

2402.3.0.0
May 02, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#179692
While processing the EDI Message through the Aptean EDI 860 port, when the LineItemChangeCode field is set to RZ, the system fails to update the line in the inbound file.
Hotfix
#187222
Upon processing the posted sales invoice on the Aptean EDI 810 port, the system displays incorrect EAN Code and StyleNumber values within the Detailrecord group on the EDI Messages page.
Hotfix
#184156
Upon executing the UCC Package Label (Batch) action on the Posted Pallet Tracking Lines page, the system prints labels for only one item or order .

1.18.92307.0
May 02, 2024

LPL

2403.2.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

AAT

2301.10.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#194323
When a production order is created from the Planning Worksheet page and the released production order is opened in the Shop Floor Production Power App, the related sales comments are deleted.

2301.9.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

ACM

Enhancement
Edit or delete the comments on the Sales Comments View and Purchase Comments View pages.
Enhancement
View the starting and ending date of the comments on the Sales Comments View and Purchase Comments View pages.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

AWH

Feature
Set up the pick method to define the pick method rules on the Advanced Warehousing Setup page. To know more, see Advanced Warehousing Setup.
Feature
Set up the pick usage rule codes for zones, bins, and locations to manage inventory organization effectively. To know more, see Define pick usage rule codes.
Feature
Manage the selection of items for each line in a document using the pick method codes. To know more, see Set up pick method codes.
Feature
Control pick bin usage rules based on the combination of pick method and bin usage rule code. To know more, see Set up pick bin usage rules.
Feature
Define pick rules for warehouse picks and pick worksheets based on the pick method and pick usage rule code. To know more, see Pick rules on warehouse picks and pick worksheets.

2301.6.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

BOR

Hotfix
#198149
Curated certain tooltips on the sales documents for better readability.

2402.2.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

EDI

Enhancement

Events are added to the NA port, enabling the addition or modification of fields related to tax in the APTEAN810 port.

Enhancement

The GetRoundingPrecision option has been made global to be used by all other extensions.

Enhancement

This extension is modified to accommodate changes in taxation information within the DetailRecords and SummaryRecord groups of the EDI Messages page.

  • Upon processing the posted sales invoice to EDI messages, the system updates the taxation details for each line entry. The VAT% and VAT amount from the posted sales invoice are updated in the TaxPercent1 and Taxamount1 fields on the EDI Messages page, respectively, within the DetailRecords group.
  • The TaxID1 value is determined based on the item type and the VAT% value. If VAT% is 0 and the item is a packaging item, TaxID1 is marked as exempt; otherwise, it is set to Standard.
  • In the SummaryRecord group, the system groups entries with identical VAT% values on the posted sales invoice into three segments: TaxPercent1, TaxPercent2, and TaxPercent3.
  • The TaxFederal field displays the total VAT amount associated with entries in the TaxPercent1 segment. Similarly, TaxState and TaxLocal display the total VAT amounts for entries in the TaxPercent2 and TaxPercent3 segments, respectively.

2415.0.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

FLY

2415.1.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

FLY

2407.1.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

ILY

2401.0.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

IOV

2401.1.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#196790
Performance issue occurs on the Inventory Overview page while opening the Sales Order Subform page.

1.4.157548.0
Apr 30, 2024

IVC

Hotfix
#194938
Upon executing the Show Purchase Receipt action on the Invoice Control Document page, the system opens the Posted Purchase Receipts list page instead of the associated receipt document.

2402.4.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#189019
The Grower Vendor Link List page displays the vendor number from a deleted grower record in the Main Vendor field when the deleted grower No. is used again on the Grower page.

2401.11.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#196918
The performance issue occurs while deleting the item journal lines during the creation of a new license plate.
Hotfix
#196645
An error occurs while posting the production output for the second time on an existing license plate in the released production order.

2301.3.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

NCF

Hotfix
#195903
The Dutch translation files have been enhanced and updated from .Xliff to .XLF format for clarity.

2302.3.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

PAC

2401.1.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

PCR

Hotfix
#182096
An incorrect error message is displayed when performing the Assign Growers And Certificates action on the Purchase Order page.
Hotfix
#182378
An error occurs when performing the Assign Growers And Certificates action with split purchase lines on the Warehouse Receipt page.
Hotfix
#189018
Certain captions have been curated on the Producer Certificate Assignments page for better clarity and readability.
Hotfix
#189019
The Grower Vendor Link List page displays the vendor number from a deleted grower record in the Main Vendor field when that deleted grower No. is used again on the Grower page.
Hotfix
#196616
An incorrect error message is displayed when a sales order is shipped, and the Assign Growers And Certificates action is executed on the Sales Order page.

2301.4.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#198086
The Alternate Cost Worksheet action (caption) on the Alternate Cost page has been curated for accuracy.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

REP

Feature
Print the reports such as Sales - Order Conf. FDW (60100), Sales – Invoice FDW (60101), Proforma Invoice FDW (60105), and Sales Credit Memo FDW (60108) with the following additional information from the relevant documents:
  • Payment Method Code
  • Shipping Agent Code
  • Shipping Time (The shipping time is included in the Sales Credit Memo FDW (60108) report only when the sales credit memo is created through the Create Corrective Credit Memo function from the Posted Sales Invoice page.)
  • Delivery Appointment Time
  • Delivery Starting Date
  • Delivery Ending Date
Feature
Include the value in the Applies to Doc. No. field on the Posted Sales Credit Memo page when printing the Sales Credit Memo FDW (60108) report.
Feature
Print the Purchase Order (60122) report with the following additional information from the purchase order:
  • Requested Receipt Date
  • Promised Receipt Date
  • Requested Receipt Date (from the purchase order line)
  • Vendor Invoice No.
Feature
Print the following reports using the date format determined by the region selected on the My Settings page. This formatting applies to all instances where dates are printed within the reports.
  • Sales - Order Conf. FDW (60100)
  • Sales - Invoice FDW (60101)
  • Sales - Shipment FDW (60102)
  • CMR - Sales Shipment Laser (60103)
  • Sales - Quote FDW (60104)
  • Proforma Invoice FDW (60105)
  • Sales - Return Order FDW (60106)
  • Sales - Blanket Order FDW (60107)
  • Sales - Credit Memo FDW (60108)
  • Whse. Ship Bill of Lading (60109)
  • Posted Warehouse Shipment Bill of Lading (60110)
  • Trade Accrual Summary (60111)
  • Trade Statement Summary (60112)
  • Trade Statement Detailed (60113)
  • Certificate of Analysis (60114)
  • CMR - Transfer Shipment (60115)
  • Purchase – Return Order (60116)
  • Purchase Credit Memo (60117)
  • Purchase Invoice (60118)
  • Purchase Quote (60119)
  • Transfer Shipment (60120)
  • Purchase Order (60122)
  • Production Order Report (60130)
  • Batch Worksheet (60131)
  • Print Transport Order (60132)
  • Print Transport Order R3 (60133)
  • Goods Received Not Invoiced (60134)
  • Blanket Purchase Order (60135)
  • Goods Shipped Not Invoiced (60140)

2401.7.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#194943
The Expiration date field on the Register Output screen (Power Apps) is updated with a value even when the Use Expiration Dates toggle is turned off on the Item Tracking Code Card page for the associated output item in Business Central.

2401.1.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#196275
The Transport Route Code and Stop Sequence No. fields on the Sales Order page are not editable while creating the order from the Customer Card page.

2301.6.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

TRB

Hotfix
#153506
Performance issue occurs while executing the Assign and Assign & Close actions on the Trading Board page.

2301.9.0.0
Apr 30, 2024

WBR

2414.0.0.0
Apr 29, 2024

FLY

2402.6.0.0
Apr 29, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#196995
When creating production orders with co-products from the Planning Worksheet page, the co-product lines on the associated Production BOM Version page are not considered. As a result, the co-product lines are not added to the corresponding planned or firm planned production orders.

1.1.157150.0
Apr 29, 2024

SCI

1.2.156806.0
Apr 26, 2024

ACK

2401.2.0.0
Apr 26, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#193582
Performance issues arise from deadlocks even when the extension is not configured.

2303.6.0.0
Apr 26, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#194091
When creating a new custom layout in Word format, the Total Net Weight and Total Gross Weight values are incorrectly displayed on the Sales - Shipment and Proforma Invoice reports.
Hotfix
#196639
The Net Weight and Gross Weight values are not rounded off to two decimals in the Sales Proforma Invoice Word report.

1.14.156630.0
Apr 25, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#198274
Build issues occur due to the presence of quotation marks within the description specified in the app.json file.
Hotfix
#196273
The description of the product specification option value is translated incompletely with 80 characters in the associated report as the Description field has the 80-character limit for translation, while the actual description allows up to 250 characters.

2403.2.0.0
Apr 25, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#198274
Build issues occur due to the presence of quotation marks within the description specified in the app.json file.

2402.3.0.0
Apr 24, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#170062
Performance issues occur during lot assignment when the order contains multiple lines assigned with multiple lots.

2402.1.0.0
Apr 23, 2024

CLA

2301.6.0.0
Apr 23, 2024

EXC

Hotfix
#193741
When creating or updating a sales line, a performance issue occurs that impacts all the associated sales document types.

2403.1.0.0
Apr 23, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#187223
An error occurs when users post a purchase invoice due to a difference in the currency values in the Amount (LCY) and Cost Amount (Actual) fields on the Trade Accrual Entries and Value Entries pages, respectively.

2410.0.0.0
Apr 18, 2024

FLY

2301.8.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#192179
An error occurs while selecting the Sales Comments field value on the Released Production Order page to open the Sales Comments. This arises when the associated production order is created for multiple sales orders from the Planning Worksheet page.

2403.1.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#187912
Upon executing the Get Shipment Lines action on the Sales Invoice page, the system inherits the price from the price list rather than the value manually defined on the Sales Order page.

2404.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

APR

2401.1.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#195931
Upon accessing the Order Entry page from the Sales Order page, the cursor is not located in the expected field (Item No.) on the Order Entry page.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

CAP

Feature
Use the Last Used Call Plan Date Updates From field to determine the criteria for updating the Last Used Call Plan Date field on the Call Plan Setup page of a Customer. To know more, see Call Plan Setup.
Feature
View the most recent date on which the Call Plan was generated in the Last Used Call Plan Date field.
Feature
Use the Ignore Last Used Call Date toggle on the Generate Call Plan Lines report page to generate the call plan lines without considering the last used call plan date. To know more, see Generate new records in Call Plan Worksheet.

2402.1.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

CAW

Hotfix
#169258
An error occurs when posting a sales order or a sales return order, even when the user has Catch Weight FULL and BASIC permissions.
Hotfix
#187912
Upon executing the Get Shipment Lines action on the Sales Invoice page, the system inherits the price from the price list rather than the value manually defined on the Sales Order page.

2401.6.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#188781
An error occurs when executing the Email Customer Item Catalogue action on the Customer Card page. Upon selecting the Current Email action, the wizard confirms the account's existence, thereby preventing further action execution.The system triggers notifications even after setting up the email.

2401.7.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#192690
On the Sales Order page, upon selecting the Item Catalog action, the listing of the Item No. is displayed from bottom to top, because of the placement of the scrollbar at the bottom of the Sales Item Catalog page.

2402.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

CLA

Feature
Create dump orders. To know more, see Create dump orders.
Feature
Generate claims from purchase orders. To know more, see Create a claim from the purchase order.
Feature
Issue purchase credit memos. To know more, see Create a purchase credit memo from a sales claim.
Feature
Convert sales claims into purchase claims. To know more, see Create a purchase claim from a sales claim.

2402.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

COM

Feature
Create sales contracts
Feature
Create sales orders based on sales contracts
Feature
Configure alternate items for existing sales contracts
Feature
Link alternate items to sales contracts
Feature
Generate pricing statistics and sales contracts with a small remaining quantity reports

2301.5.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

EXC

Hotfix
#193908
The HandleExciseLine50FDW.Codeunit.al and HandleExcDutyLedgerEntry50FDW.Codeunit.al codeunits contain procedures that use the lock table statement, negatively impacting scanning performance.
Hotfix
#193954
The ExciseDutyTriggerMgt50FDW.Codeunit.al codeunit lacks a check or exit statement on items, treating all item transactions as excise items.

1.9.155023.0
Apr 17, 2024

FGR

Hotfix
#189957
On the Filter Group Card page, the filter groups fail to process the Date Formula as expected.

2411.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

FLY

2412.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

FLY

2413.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

FLY

2301.6.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#177765
An error occurs while creating a Journey from the Manifest page when the quantity specified in the related purchase order lines exceeds or falls below the defined container quantity, and the selected location is a direct location (non-warehouse location).

2406.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

ILY

2407.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

ILY

2301.6.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

ISS

Hotfix
#156056
A performance issue occurs while selecting the Inspection Status tile on the Role Centre page to open the associated list page.
Hotfix
#189873
An error occurs while executing negative adjustments in the Item Journal for a lot with the Inspection Status set as sales availability blocked.
Hotfix
#194220
The Default Inspection Status field value set in the first line on the Default Inspection Status page is updated to all the lines if multiple lines exist. The Inspection Status Code is not updated on the Item Tracking Lines page while posting the lot assigned with the selected Default Inspection Status. The Default Inspection Status value set on the Default Inspection Status page is assigned incorrectly for all selected vendors on the Purchase Order page.

1.3.155375.0
Apr 17, 2024

IVC

Hotfix
#194937
On the Invoice Control Completion page, the Document Type field displays seven options instead of the expected single option.

2403.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

OUD

2402.5.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

PRM

1.13.154952.0
Apr 17, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#193384
A permission set error occurs while deleting an item when the user exists with Product Specification Basic permission.

2402.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

PSG

Feature
Use the Downtime Scheduling Matrices page to configure the downtime necessary to perform various tasks within the work centers or machine centers. To know more, see Downtime Scheduling Matrices.
Feature
Delete the downtime production orders via the Delete Downtime Production Orders report.
Feature
Perform the Automated Scheduling and Manual Scheduling actions by considering the downtime specified on the Downtime Scheduling Matrices page. To know more, see Automated Scheduling with Scheduled Downtime.

2401.1.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#192695
When posting the Quality Control Check, the error message is displayed in Dutch language.
Hotfix
#192627
The system allows posting the Warehouse Receipt without posting the relevant Quality Control Checks, even when the Finished Before Posting Doc checkbox is selected.
Hotfix
#193677
The system allows posting the Sales Shipment without posting the relevant Quality Control Checks, even when the Finished Before Posting Doc checkbox is selected.

2301.5.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

SFL

Hotfix
#192183
The Purchase Order appears on the Shop Floor Activities page when posting the relevant warehouse receipt even if the Type is selected as Comment in the Purchase Order line.
Hotfix
#189768
The Sales Order appears on the Shop Floor Activities page when posting the relevant warehouse shipment even if the Type is selected as Comment in the Sales Order line.

2401.1.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#194883
The calculation of the Condition Alerts took longer than expected on the Order Entry page.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

STM

2403.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

TMT

Feature
Use the Use in Sales Return and Use in Purchase Return toggles to specify whether a particular trade plan is applied when processing sales return orders or purchase return orders.

For existing trade plans with theAccrual Type set to Standard Revenue or Actual Revenue, the system automatically turns on the Use in Sales Return or the Use in Purchase Return toggle if the corresponding Use in Sales or Use in Purchase toggle was enabled. This ensures that the existing trade plans seamlessly integrate with the updated features provided by this release.

Feature
Use the Cost Accrual Selection page to apply advanced filtering options, allocate actual costs from purchase invoices, view comprehensive entry details, and select flexible distribution methods. To know more, see Use cost accrual selection.
Feature
Use the Doc. Amount Incl. VAT field on the Purchase Invoice page to ensure the total invoice amount equals the sum of all the purchase invoice lines.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

TRA

2301.3.0.0
Apr 17, 2024

VIC

Hotfix
#192694
On the Purchase Order page, upon selecting the Item Catalog action, the listing of the Item No. is displayed from bottom to top, because of the placement of the scrollbar at the bottom of the Purchase Item Catalog page.

2403.1.0.0
Apr 16, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#191877
When registering pick, the system prompts to scan the Shipping Unit Code, even if the Require Shipping Unit Registration field on the relevant Customer SSCC Setup page is set to No.
Hotfix
#193371
An event has been added to override the check between the license plate number and the company SSCC code during pick registration.
Hotfix
#193611
Performance issue occurs during pick registration, as it loads all field values in the Warehouse Pick lines instead of loading only the required values.
Hotfix
#193584
Setting up the Mobile Request Log table on the Retention Policies page is not possible.

2302.2.0.0
Apr 16, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#189945
Unable to open the sales order while selecting a Location with no value in the Packaging Code field on the Packaging Transaction page associated with it and closing it. This also occurs with the Sales Return Orders, Purchase Return Orders, and Transfer Orders.

2402.1.0.0
Apr 15, 2024

EDI

2402.2.0.0
Apr 10, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#162625
An error occurs on the Pack Scanning page when creating packages with multiple items from multiple shipments by entering either the item number or the cross reference number in the Item/UPC/Package field.

2409.3.0.0
Apr 09, 2024

FLY

2301.5.0.0
Apr 09, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#177821
The Purchase Order does not get released upon executing the Create & Release Purchase Order action on the Manifest card page. Additionally, the lot number is not automatically assigned to it.
Hotfix
#188898
The quantity in the item tracking line is doubled when the purchase order is created using the Create & Release Purchase Order action on the Manifest card page. This occurs if the relevant location has the Require License Plate Tracking toggle turned off.
Hotfix
#174312
The quantity of the Purchase Order lines gets combined for items that do not have GTIN numbers. This occurs when the Purchase Order is created through the Manifest card page.
Hotfix
#182348
An error occurs when creating a Purchase Return Order for the Purchase Order that is created through the Manifest card page if the container number length exceeds three characters.
Hotfix
#177721
The Direct Unit Cost and Line Discount % values are not populated in the relevant fields of the Purchase Order line and on the relevant Applied Purchase Price and Discount page if the Purchase Order is created through the Manifest card page.
Hotfix
#185265
On the Container Load card page, the value in the Gross Weight field on the header is not updated immediately after adding the Container Load lines.

2401.10.0.0
Apr 09, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#191245
The system does not generate an entry with the license plate configured for non-license plate-tracked locations on the Item Ledger Entries page when a transfer order is posted to move inventory from a license plate-tracked location to a non-license plate-tracked location.
Hotfix
#193189
The system does not generate multiple entries with the license plate configured for non-license plate-tracked locations on the Item Ledger Entries page when a transfer order is posted to move inventory from a license plate-tracked location to a non-license plate-tracked location.
Hotfix
#186847
The lot number is not automatically populated for the place bin on the Inventory Movement page.

2401.9.0.0
Apr 09, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#188898
The quantity in the item tracking line is doubled when the purchase order is created using the Create & Release Purchase Order action on the Manifest card page. This occurs if the relevant location has the Require License Plate Tracking toggle turned off.

2403.0.0.0
Apr 08, 2024

MWR

2402.1.0.0
Apr 05, 2024

OUD

2401.0.0.0
Apr 05, 2024

SPC

Enhancement
Upon executing the Return Entry action on the Sales Order page, the correct sign is displayed in Quantity on the Lines FastTab.
Enhancement
The Language Code selected on the Sales and Purchase Condition Calculation Translations page flows to the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page for a particular calculation code when the Copy translations to Condition Rules toggle on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page is turned on.
Enhancement
The Conditions Alerts field on the Order Entry page is getting updated as expected when the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page has multiple Rates.
Enhancement
The Condition Alerts field gets updated upon executing the Calculate Condition Alerts action on the Order Entry page.
Enhancement
Upon opening the Mix & Match notification on the Sales Order page, on the Promotion Item Mix & Match Selection (Sales & Purchase) card page you can select free item for the item mentioned in the notification.
Enhancement
Modification were made to GetItemsFilteredOnBased(Item) from table SPC Rule Setup to avoid the error that occured for the associated rules.
Enhancement
Enhancements were made to the Filter rule to ensure correct calculations.
Enhancement
Upon executing the Suggest Historic Entries action in the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule page and then posting the Condition Journal, the Condition Ledger Entries are created.
Hotfix
#171478
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Include-Exclude Rules page, when the Rule Type value is changed for a customer then the rates get incorrectly calculated on the Lines FastTab upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#171476
On the Sales Order page, upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action, the Quantity on the Lines FastTab is not rounded off as expected.
Hotfix
#175297
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned on, the lines do not get updated as expected upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action on the Sales Order page. This happens for an Item Type which is Per Document.
Hotfix
#175647
Upon executing the Return Entry action on the Sales Order page, incorrect Quantity is calculated on the Lines FastTab, and the Direction of Movement set on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page is not taken in consideration.
Hotfix
#167429
On the Order Entry page, the Condition Alerts field does not get updated as expected when the Return Order Entry action is executed on the Sales Order page. This happens for an Item Type set as Per Document on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page.
Hotfix
#166861
A performance issue occurs while doing calculation for Per Document on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#164477
An error occurs on the Sales Return Order page, when a rule set up with recursive rate and Based on Item field as other than Member.
Hotfix
#187283
The Unit Price is incorrectly calculated for the periodic conditions on the Condition Periodic Settlement Journals page.
Hotfix
#165851
When the Application Policy field is set as Once by priority and the Price Calculation Method Type field is set as Best Condition (Highest), upon executing the Calculate Drink-it Lines action on the Sales Order page, only the rule with highest priority gets updated in sales order line.
Hotfix
#162542
An error occurs upon trying to reopen a released sales order and deleting it.
Hotfix
#171342
Per Document Charge applied in a released sales document with warehouse location disappears after registration of returned empties.
Hotfix
#187118
An error occurs upon executing the Calculate Condition Lines action on the Indirect Sales Journal page and the Indirect Sales Journals cannot be posted.
Hotfix
#175510
Upon executing the Calculate Drink-IT Lines action on the Sales Order page, on the Lines FastTab, the calculation of rule-based item combine rate type is inconsistent for per-document calculations.
Hotfix
#178189
When the Price Calculation Method field is set as Hierarchical Price on the Sales & Receivables Setup page, then the sales order line is not getting updated for the item with respect to Customer Price & Customer Group Price on the Customer card page.
Hotfix
#179002
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned on, then the lines are not getting updated with respect to the include/exclude on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rules card page.
Hotfix
#189047
Upon creating a new customer and executing the Customer Classification Overview action on the Customer Card page, the condition classification is not added on the Sales and Purchase Condition Classifications page.
Hotfix
#171264
Upon executing the Get Mix & Match Promotion Lines action on the Sales Order page, the Promotion Item Mix & Match Selection (Sales and Purchase) card page is not getting updated as expected.
Hotfix
#166270
A performance issue occurred related to GetItemsFilteredOnBased on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card page.
Hotfix
#175233
On the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page, when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle is turned on, various rules are either not calculated or incorrectly calculated.
Hotfix
#184177
Upon posting a sales invoice for a LP Lot tracked item, the condition ledger entries are not created on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page.
Hotfix
#175506
The calculation of all priority of the same calculation code is ignored when the Application Policy is set as All on the Sales and Purchase Condition Calculations page.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

ASM

Feature
Setup if the Variant Code field on the Order Entry page is shown directly in the Quick Entry pane for sales documents.
Feature
Automatically update the Variant Code in the Quick Entry and Order Lines with a Sales Default (Drink-IT Foundation) when using Item Variants.
Feature
Consolidate and process the payments efficiently with Payment Specifications. To know more, see Walkthrough - Payment Specification.
Enhancement

The Conditions Alerts field on the Order Entry page gets updated as expected when the Calc. Alerts in Background toggle is turned on and either On Request or Always is selected in the Order Entry Condition field on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.

Enhancement

Indicate the status of the tasks with a counter while closing the page or executing the Apply Changes action on the Order Entry or Sales Order pages. The tasks involve the creation of sales lines, tax document lines, empty good document lines, sales & purchase condition document lines, and attached sales lines.

Hotfix
#163598
An error occurs on the Order Entry page while adding the Item No. on the Quick Entry FastTab.
Hotfix
#170824
The notification message regarding the Minimum Order Amount excl. VAT appears twice on the Order Entry page while executing the Apply Changes action or closing the page when the Release On Closing Order Entry toggle on the Advanced Sales Management Setup is turned on. Additionally, the notification message also appears on the Return Entry page when applying changes or closing the page.
Hotfix
#182875
An error occurs when executing the Get Recurring Sales Lines action on the Order Entry page if there is an existing record on the lines or when executed for the second time. Also, an error message occurs while executing the Get Blanket Order Lines action if there is an existing record on the lines from the blanket order lines.
Hotfix
#188770
An error occurs on the Suggest Periodic based on history card page for periodic discounts on indirect sales, preventing filtering by dimension.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

CDM

2401.0.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

EVT

Hotfix
#190817
On the Event Management Setup page, when the Autorelease Sales Order toggle is turned on, auto release of sales order is incorrectly applied for a sales order for which the Blanket Sales Order Type is not Event.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

LOG

Enhancement
To accommodate the use of transfer orders on the Route Planning Worksheet page, the Shipping Weights and Shipping Pallet fields have been corrected on the Route Planning Request page.
Enhancement
You can create and open warehouse receipt for sales document and warehouse shipment for purchase document from Route Request Line on the Route Planning Worksheet page.
Hotfix
#190886
On the Transfer Order page, when the shipment is posted for the Transfer Order, then the Shipping Weight and Receiving Weight fields and the Route Planning Overview FactBox on the Route Planning Request page have incorrect values.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

MFB

Hotfix
#167909
An error occurs during Warehouse Journal registration due to incorrect field numbering in table extensions for the Warehouse.

2402.5.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

MWR

2402.4.0.0
Apr 04, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#189675
When posting the Production Journal associated with a Released Production Order for which the Planning Worksheet report has been generated, an error prompts for a Lot No. despite one already being assigned.

2403.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

AAT

2403.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#187014
An error occurs when creating a sales invoice with Item Type set as G/L Account in Business Central when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

1.1.152302.0
Apr 03, 2024

ACK

Hotfix
#187408
An error occurs when attempting to print Suppress Void Checks through the Payment Journals page with an external document number exceeding 20 characters.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

ALC

Hotfix
#150843
When the Change Strengths action is executed on the Lot No. Information Card page, an incorrect message is displayed and an error occurs, preventing the change of Strengths.
Hotfix
#157391
When the purchase order is released and the Item Tracking is updated, then the Quantity field on the Purchase Order page also gets updated.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

AOW

Hotfix
#171755
The Please scan the bin code dialogue box does not respond upon scanning the bin code using the OWM 6 app.
Hotfix
#167472
When an LPN is scanned in the Direct Put-Away module in the OWM 6 App, inaccurate quantity is displayed in the error message.
Hotfix
#170814
Upon posting the Warehouse Receipt from Direct Put-Away Module on the OWM 6 app, the License Plate Tracking Code on the Vendor Card is not taken into consideration and an error occurs on the Activity List (OWM) page.
Hotfix
#179563
On the OWM 6 app upon registering a quantity less than the quantity in the line for a non-LPN or lot tracked item, results in registering of the entire quantity in the line on the Additional Fields page when an incorrect setup of the Postback Fields is done on the Module Settings page in the Business Central.

2403.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

APR

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

AWM

Hotfix
#171343
On the Warehouse Shipment page, upon executing the Add Used License Plates action, on the Sales Order page a new line is added for a license plate tracked item but without the deposit lines.
Hotfix
#171344
Upon creating a Warehouse Receipt from a Sales Order with negative lines, on the Warehouse Receipt page it was not possible to add a new License Plate Number to the item.
Hotfix
#176268 & 178221
An error occurs with an incorrect error message, upon executing the Create Pick action on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Hotfix
#181631
A warehouse receipt is not created upon executing the Create/Modify Warehouse Receipt action on the Route Planning Worksheet page.
Hotfix
#189764
On the Location Card page, when the Excise Type field is not selected as Mixed, then incorrect picks are created upon executing the Create Pick action on the Warehouse Shipment page.

2401.5.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#187014
An error occurs while creating a Sales Invoice with Item Type set as G/L Account in Business Central when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

2405.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

ILY

2405.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

ILY

2403.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

LBL

2403.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

LBL

2401.8.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

LPL

2402.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

OUD

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

PCR

2301.3.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#187014
An error occurs while creating a Sales Invoice with Item Type set as G/L Account in Business Central when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

PRO

2401.2.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#189950
Unable to select multiple records or clear the selected records on the Production Order Scheduling page.

2401.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

QPR

2303.5.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#185471
When printing the Pro Forma report for sales orders and invoices, the system omits the Ship-to Address if the Bill-to Name matches the Ship-to Name.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#173893
An error occurs when executing the Create Whse. Receipt action on the Purchase Order card page if the Shipment Bin Code (Bonded) field is empty, but the Receipt Bin Code (Bonded) field has a value on the associated Location Card page.
Hotfix
#180689
The Tax Document Calc. Point field is not correctly updated on the Customer/Vendor Card page based on the value in the Sales Document Calc. Point and Purchase Document Calc. Point fields on the Tax Management Setup page.

2402.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

TMT

Feature
Perform a smooth cancellation process for Posted Sales Invoices, even with Aptean Advanced Attributes and Advanced Pricing extensions installed, without encountering errors.
Feature
Reverse Purchase Return Order lines using the Get Posted Lines to Reverse action, ensuring Applied Purchase Price and Discount are copied.

2402.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#187014
An error occurs while creating a Sales Invoice with Item Type set as G/L Account in Business Central when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

2301.8.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#187014
An error occurs while creating a Sales Invoice with Item Type set as G/L Account in Business Central when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

2402.1.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#187411
The Residential Package toggle on the Shipping Batch page is not automatically turned on even when the Residential checkbox on the associated Shipping Agent Service is selected.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 03, 2024

apteanpay

2401.0.0.0
Apr 02, 2024

CMG

Hotfix
#161519
The New Unit Price field is updated on the Rental Agreement page when executing the Suggest Indexation action, without considering the Price Adjustment Period value on the associated Rent Category.
Hotfix
#179577
The system allows the creation of the Rental Invoice even when the status of the Rental Agreement is empty or when the status is active, but the Allow Invoicing checkbox is cleared.
Hotfix
#179592
While executing the Create Rent Invoices action on the Rental Agreement page, the sales invoice lines are created for the rental lines without considering the Prepaid checkbox. When Prepaid checkbox is cleared, the Invoice Period Ending Date must be considered, and if the Prepaid checkbox is selected, the Invoice Period Starting Date is taken into account.
Hotfix
#179613
The sales invoice lines are incorrectly created when executing the Create Rent Invoices action on the Rental Agreement page, specifically when the Invoice Period field is set to an option other than Month.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 02, 2024

EGM

Feature
Specify if the Variant Code field on the Return Entry page is shown directly in the Quick Entry pane for sales and purchase documents within the Empty Goods & Deposit Management Setup.
Feature
Update the Variant Code in the Quick Entry and Return Lines with the Sales Default value when using an Item with a Sales Default (Drink-IT Foundation) for the Return Entry of sales documents.
Feature
Update the Variant Code with the Sales Default value in the Return Lines when using the Get Recurring Sales Lines action for an Item with a Sales Default (Drink-IT Foundation) for the Return Entry of sales documents.
Feature
Update the Variant Code in the Quick Entry and Return Lines with the Purchase Default value when using an Item with a Purchase Default (Drink-IT Foundation) for the Return Entry of purchase documents.
Feature
Update the Variant Code with the Purchase Default value in the Return Lines when using the Get Recurring Sales Lines action for an Item with a Purchase Default (Drink-IT Foundation) for the Return Entry of purchase documents.
Hotfix
#183980
While executing the Get Recurring Purchase Lines action on the Return Entry page with multiple lines linked to the Recurring Purchase Lines, only the last line is updated to the Return Entry Lines.
Hotfix
#184090
An error occurs while executing the Apply Changes action on the Return Entry page for a customer when Empty Good Return Entry to Return Order and Full Good Return Entry to Return Order toggles on the Customer Card page are turned on.
Hotfix
#184577
The EGM Document Calc. Point field is not correctly updated on the Customer/Vendor Card page based on the value in the Sales Document Calc. Point and Purchase Document Calc. Point fields on the Empty Goods & Deposit Management Setup page.

2401.0.0.0
Apr 02, 2024

FND

Feature
Classify the variant of an item and specify if it is set as default in the purchase and/or sales document. To know more, see Item Variants.
Feature
Execute the Calculate Prices action on the Gross Net Price List page for the Item Variants that are not blocked, and sales blocked.
Hotfix
#178664
While posting sales or purchase documents with the Excluded for Payment Discount toggle turned on for an item in one of the document lines, the payment discounts are calculated incorrectly in the Belgium localization.
Hotfix
#179415
When the strength values for the lot trackeds item are updated, the existing tracking specifications are not updated with the new value.
Hotfix
#181223
The Currency Specification is displayed only on the first page when there are multiple pages to print in the Aged Accounts Receivable By Posting Group and Aged Accounts Payable By Posting Group reports.
Hotfix
#187143
The release flag remains unset in SPC mix & match promotions, leading to calculation errors and failure to trigger events for recalculating drink-it attached lines after errors during release or other processes.

2402.3.0.0
Mar 28, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#177741
On a Production Order document, on the Lines FastTab, when a Lot is assigned to the component item for the first output line, Global Lot Attributes cannot be selected for the component item of the second output line on the Prod. Order Component page.

2301.7.0.0
Mar 28, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#178452
A performance issue occurred while accessing the Warehouse Shipment page.

1.12.151311.0
Mar 28, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#187535
Incorrect language translations for specific terms within the Dutch language code (nl-NL).

2401.3.0.0
Mar 28, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#186526
The system allows users to edit the values of the Global Lot Attribute field on the Trade Plan Rates page even when the Status field is set to Active on the associated Trade Plan Card page.

2401.0.0.0
Mar 27, 2024

LIM

Enhancement
Application Area Refresh: Updates are applied to improve the application area refresh process by integrating a new procedure into the Enable codeunit.
Enhancement
Improved Management of Install and Upgrade Code: Updated the Install and Upgrade codeunits to streamline the handling of installation, reinstallation, and upgrade processes. These improvements ensure smoother transitions and minimize disruptions during installations and upgrades.

2402.0.0.0
Mar 27, 2024

LIM

Feature
Use the Assisted Setup to create job queue entries for refreshing License and Subscription Management license data.
Feature
Extend the Recheck Date Time field value by 7 days to optimize critical F&B functions.
Feature
Ensure that the Telemetry logs are generated to capture the failure event and to track instances where the Recheck Date Time has elapsed.
Feature
Utilize the Module Code 02 (i.e. Modules 2 in BC) field for assigning module codes to plan codes in Chargebee. This field allows for expanded functionality and accommodates the growing need for additional module codes beyond the existing limit.

2402.0.0.0
Mar 27, 2024

aptean-ship

Feature
Assign the sender address from the selected location card. The name of the company and their corresponding sender addresses are set up in the Ship Portal. On the Location Card page, on the Aptean Pack and Ship FastTab, in the Aptean Pack and Ship Sender ID field, the required company can be selected from the available list. If the field is left blank, the address of the company set as default in the Ship Portal will get inherited.
Feature
Post the Shipping Batch associated with a sales order directly from the Sales Orders list page by executing the Post Batch action. 

2402.3.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#182429
The system's customization affects sales line status, leading to loss of global variables and impacting manual price application on Released Sales Orders.

2312.2.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

ASM

2402.4.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

MWR

2402.3.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#186662
An error occurs when attempting to create an Internal Movement via Create Consolidated Production Movement action for partial demand when inventory exists with the same lot and license plate number.

2302.3.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

SSC

Hotfix
#181170
When registering a pick via MWR, the SSCC lines are not accurately updated on the specific warehouse shipment document, resulting in an error message when posting Warehouse Shipments, especially when utilizing the same items multiple times.

2312.4.0.0
Mar 22, 2024

TAX

2402.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#181886
The attribute values for the component line are not correctly populated on the Lot Attribute Requirements FactBox of the Prod. Order Components page when Family is used as the Source Type in the Released Production Order.

2402.2.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

AAT

Hotfix
#181947
An error occurs when changing the Production Order status from Firm Planned to Released if the order contains multiple lines and item tracking is completed for the component item of all lines.

2402.2.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#182422
When modifying the Applied Direct Unit Cost field value of an item on the Blanket Purchase Order, the system fails to update the new cost and retains the original value specified on the Purchase Order.

2312.3.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#168725
Upon executing the Return Entry action on the Blanket Sales Order/Purchase Order page, empty Sales/Purchase/Return Orders were created.
Hotfix
#166326
Upon executing the Return Entry action on the Blanket Sales Order page for an order that has Blanket Sales Order Type as Event, incorrect negative quantities were displayed in the Quantity field on the Lines FastTab.

1.2.149603.0
Mar 20, 2024

ETM

Hotfix
#183290
When integrated with the Aptean License and Subscription Manangement extension, a notification remains available for a newly created company even after completing the License and Subscription Management Setup through Open Assisted Setup and executing the Refresh action. Additionally, it does not update the corresponding Completed checkbox on the Assisted Setup page.

2312.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

EVT

Feature
On the Event Management Setup page, when the Autorelease Sales order toggle is turned on, the Sales Order and Sales Return Order will be automatically released.
Enhancement
When selecting the Blanket Sales Order Type field as Event on the Blanket Sales Order page, the Route field inherits the value from the Route (Sales) field on the Event Management Setup page.
Enhancement
The formulas are displayed as per the language selected in Business Central.
Enhancement
The Blanket Sales Order page now displays the dimensions of the Standard Sales Code in the header.
Enhancement
You can create a sales order from a return entry with a negative balance, from a Blanket Sales Order which has Blanket Sales Order Type as Event on the Blanket Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#166323
An incorrect tooltip was displayed when hovering over the Reason Code field on the Blanket Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#168741
For an order type Event, the Excepted Receipt Date on the Drink-IT Event Management FastTab of the Blanket Purchase Order page is calculated incorrectly.
Hotfix
#187270
An error occurs while posting a Purchase Return Order from a Blanket Purchase Order.
Hotfix
#186763
When Blanket Purchase Order Type is Event on the Blanket Purchase Order page, upon creating a new line on the Purchase Order page an incorrect error occurs regarding the Status of the Purchase Order.
Hotfix
#166330
On the Blanket Order to Order (Event) page, on the General FastTab, selecting a No. in the Route field was not possible.
Hotfix
#166319
The Split Order For loan in Use Item (Sales) and Split Order For loan in Use Item (Purchase) fields were available on the Event Management Setup page.

2312.2.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#168770
Upon executing the Make Order function on the Blanket Purchase Order page, the Blanket Purchase Order number is not updated in the Blanket Order No. field on the Purchase Order page.

2401.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

FOR

Hotfix
#184142
When setting a filter on the Demand Forecast Overview page through the Import history into Demand Forecast page, the filter validation doesn't transfer accurately. The report runs without Item Filter criteria applied, leading to incorrect Demand Forecast Entries being displayed.

2301.3.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#175652
On the Journey page, creating a new Journey from Container Load is not possible.

2301.4.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

GTR

Hotfix
#182104
An error occurs while opening the FactBox of an empty Posted Purchase Invoice.

2404.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

ILY

2304.4.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#184102
The Gross/Committed Requirement and Expected fields on the Inventory Projected Availability page are incorrectly updated after posting the Transfer Order with the transit location for Ship and Receive.

2312.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

LOG

Hotfix
#145145
Upon changing the Shipment Date on the Shipping and Billing FastTab to a date not listed in the Customer Shipment Dates page, when releasing a Sales Order, the system fails to display the message box with the options to execute/cancel the release on the Sales Order page.

2401.2.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#174369
The Quantity to Ship field is updated with a wrong value for an item having allowed Overdelivery and Underdelivery on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page. This occurs when the Lot No. for the Item is assigned on the Trading Board page.

2301.1.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

PFP

2401.0.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

QCA

Feature
Assign Quality Control Categories to the Quality Control Questions. To know more, see Quality control categories.
Feature
Create Quality Control Scores for the Quality Control Action Plans. To know more, see Quality control scores.
Feature
Assign Criteria to the Quality Control Scores.
Feature
Post the Quality Control Checks with Quality Control Score. To know more, see Quality control check evaluation.
Enhancement
The Quality Control Checks list and Quality Control Check card pages are available for all users, but they can be modified only if you are added as a Quality Control Manager or a Quality Control Team Member.
Enhancement
The blank lines would not add automatically between the Samples and Quality Control Questions on the Lines FastTab of the Quality Control Check card page.
Enhancement
The Sample Size field will automatically display the value of one for each sample on the Lines FastTab of the Quality Control Check card page.
Enhancement
If a Default Answer is set up for a Quality Control Question on the Quality Control Plan page, you can post the Quality Control Check when the Status is New.
Enhancement
The sequence number is considered for the values in the Answer field for the option type quality control questions, on the Lines FastTab of the Quality Control Check card page. The answer results fail when the sequence doesn’t match or fall between the pass-warning sequences set for the target limits.
Enhancement
The consecutive value automatically displays when you select the Sequence field on a new line, on the Lines FastTab of the Quality Control Plan page. The same enhancement is available on the Quality Control Option page.
Enhancement
When the Target Blind checkbox is selected for a Quality Control Question on the Quality Control Plan page, the Targets are not displayed on the Quality Control Check FactBox.

2303.4.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#183850
The access level of the codeunit and procedures were not set as expected.

2301.7.0.0
Mar 20, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#183354
An error occurs while executing the Post Quantity To Receive action on the Weighbridge Ticket page associated with a Purchase Order that has multiple lines.

2402.0.0.0
Mar 19, 2024

EDI

Feature
You can automatically create and send documents from the outbound ports, Aptean EDI 810, Aptean EDI 855, and Aptean EDI 856 by turning on the Auto Release EDI toggle on the Process FastTab of the respective EDI Port Card page.
Feature
The WarehouseCode field on the Header and Detail section of the EDI Messages page is updated with Inv. Inquiry Location Filter field on the Customer Card page using the Aptean EDI 846 Outbound port.
Feature
You can update the Wholesale Cost field with the Unit Price from the Sales Prices page if available for the item, otherwise, update the Unit Price from the Item Card page through the Aptean EDI 846 Outbound port.
Feature
The UnitofMeasure1 and UnitofMeasure2 fields on the EDI Messages page are updated with the EDI Unit of Measure field on the Item References page using the Aptean EDI 846 Outbound port.
Feature
When the Invoice Discount values on the Sales Order header are available, the ServiceAllowanceChargeDetail section fields on the EDI Messages page are updated through the Aptean EDI 855 Outbound port. If not, the values on the sales order lines with type G/L Account or Resource are updated. Also, if the inbound files are imported with the respective EDI Port Options, SAD_ALLOWANCE Code set to Yes, and Invoice Discount values on the Sales Order header are available, then the values from the inbound files are updated directly using the Aptean EDI 855 Outbound port. If multiple lines are available, then the SAC values also get incremented. This shall be a maximum limit of three allowance segments.
Feature
The EDI Ref. Line No. field on the Sales Order page gets automatically updated when the sales order is created or modified through Aptean EDI 850 inbound or Aptean EDI 860 inbound ports respectively. While executing the Process action through the Aptean EDI 810 port, this value gets updated to the Line field on the EDI Messages page. If the EDI Ref. Line No. is empty, the Line No. field value on the EDI Reference Lines is updated with the Line No. field values on the sales order line. This process is similar for Aptean EDI 810, Aptean EDI 856, and Aptean EDI 856 Consolidated ports where the PO Line field on the EDI Messages page is updated with the EDI Ref. Line No. field value.
Feature
You can use the USE_NAV_SHIPTO option on the EDI Port Options page. If the value is set to No, the address fields on the Sales Order are directly updated with the field values from the Aptean EDI 850 inbound file. If the value is set to Yes, the sales order address fields will get updated from the ship to address instead of the inbound file.
Feature
After creating a Sales Order with Aptean EDI 850 ports, any modifications made through Aptean EDI 860 port update specific fields in sales order lines. While executing the Process action through the Aptean EDI 810/856/856 Consolidated EDI messages, the following fields on the EDI Messages page are updated with values from the Aptean EDI 860 inbound file. If the field values are not available from Aptean EDI 860, it defaults to values from Aptean EDI 850. The fields are:
  • EANCode
  • UPC
  • Unit of Measure
  • Line/POLine
Feature
You can also create a Sales Return Order, Sales Invoice, and Sales Credit Memo with Aptean EDI 812 port based on the Transaction Code and Credit Debit Flag values provided below:
Feature
While processing the EDI Message through the Aptean EDI 945 port, the LotNumber field value on the Warehouse Shipment line gets inherited with the corresponding field value from the inbound file.
Feature
You can access the EDI Packages page directly through the search icon. However, you can only create/edit the records with the required permission; otherwise, this is only possible when you execute the EDI Packages action on the corresponding sales order. While creating the EDI, the fields on the General FastTab are inherited from the previous package, and the fields on the Lines FastTab are inherited from the source document.
Feature
You can print the EDI Packages by executing the Print UCC Package Label or Print UCC Package Label Batch based on the EDI Label Report ID provided on the EDI FastTab of the respective Customer Card page. Print UCC Package Label – Prints the single report. If multiple reports of the same Source No. are selected, only the first report will be printed. Print UCC Package Label Batch – Prints single or multiple reports. If multiple reports are to be printed, the Source No. for the reports should remain the same.

2402.2.0.0
Mar 19, 2024

LMT

2401.6.0.0
Mar 18, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#183951
The Lot No. and Expiration Date defined on the Item Tracking Lines for an output item on the Released Production Order page in Business Central does not show on the Register Output screen of the Shop Floor Production Power App.

2301.2.0.0
Mar 15, 2024

GTR

2312.3.0.0
Mar 14, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#185213
The tax values are not updated when changing the tax-related fields on the Item Card page using configuration packages.

2312.1.0.0
Mar 11, 2024

SPC

Hotfix
#177691
The entries are not generated on the Condition Periodic Settlement Journals page while executing the Suggest Settlement Lines action for the posted sales order linked to the sales and purchase condition rule calculated with the Rule on Hold checkbox selected.

1.8.147505.0
Mar 08, 2024

FGR

2402.3.0.0
Mar 08, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#180489
An error occurs while executing the Transfer Scan Data action on the Warehouse Pick page when a full license plate containing the Catch Weight item has a quantity less than that indicated on the Warehouse Pick.

2402.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

APR

Hotfix
#175514
Incorrect language translations for specific terms within the French language code (fr-FR).

2312.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#173241
A performance issue occurs when opening the Items list page after updating the Disable Auto-update Allowed Items toggle on the Advanced Sales Management Setup page.

1.9.147262.0
Mar 07, 2024

AUT

2312.2.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

CDM

Hotfix
#177897
The VAT Registration No. field value is not automatically updated on the Sales Order page when the Ship-to Code and Fiscal Representative field values are selected, and the Bill-to/Sell-to VAT Calc. field on the General Ledger Setup page is set to Bill-to/Pay-to No.

2312.2.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

CMG

Hotfix
#167027
When the Bill-to Customer field value on the Invoicing FastTab of the sales document is updated, and the Suppress Bill-to Warning toggle on the Contract Management FastTab is turned on, the changes are not updated upon validation.
Hotfix
#175299
While executing the Apply Entries action, the Document No. field on the Cash Receipt Journals page is incorrectly filled with an additional suffix (001) in the No. series from the second entry line.

2312.2.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

EGM

Hotfix
#171474
The Description field associated with the deposit (G/L Account) lines attached to the Item line on the sales document page is not updated correctly on releasing the document, even when the Item Translation for the deposit item is set up and the corresponding Language Code is selected for the respective Customer.
Hotfix
#171182
The Location Code field value is not populated on the document lines when an Empty Good is selected in the Quick Entry section of the Return Entry page for Sales and Purchase documents.
Hotfix
#173894
An error message occurs when posting the Warehouse Shipment, where the selected customer is updated with the Empty Goods Business Group field value as blank after the creation of the pick.
Hotfix
#171560
In BE localization, when a Sales Return Order is created through the Retry Entry page using the Apply Changes action, the Posting No. Series value is updated with Posted Invoice Nos. instead of a Posted Credit Memo Nos.

2407.0.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FLY

2408.0.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FLY

2409.0.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FLY

2409.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FLY

2409.2.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FLY

Hotfix
#175514
Incorrect language translations for specific terms within the French language code (fr-FR).

2312.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

FND

Hotfix
#174362
The Combine Shipments toggle on the Drink-IT Foundation FastTab of the Sales Order page always remains turned on, regardless of whether the Combine Shipments toggle on the Shipping FastTab of the selected Customer Card is turned on/off.
Hotfix
#175192
The Line Discount % field on the Sales Return Order page is not updated correctly when a Return Reason Code is associated with a default Reason Code.
Hotfix
#171252
The subtotal values are incorrectly displayed in the Aged Accounts Receivable By Posting Group report when the Print Amounts in LCY toggle is turned off on the Aged Accounts Receivable by Posting Group page. This issue also occurs in the Aged Accounts Payable By Posting Group report. Furthermore, incorrect entries are displayed while filtering the Aged Accounts Payable by Posting Group report with the Vendor Posting Group option.
Hotfix
#168770
The Blanket Order No. field on the Purchase Order page is not updated when creating the order from the Blanket Purchase Order.
Hotfix
#167681
The system fails to return the price info values while executing the Calculate Prices action on the Gross Net Price List page.
Hotfix
#164561
A perfomance issue occurs while executing actions on the Gross Net Price List page.

2402.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#180620
An error occurs while executing the fundamental Business Central functionalities when BASIC permission sets exist for the user.

2401.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

OUD

2302.1.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

PAC

Hotfix
#180631
An error occurs while entering the quantity on the Sales Order page due to an indirect permission set.

2301.3.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

STM

2312.2.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#167853
An error message occurs when creating a sales quote for an item with taxes included, set with the Manufacturing Policy as Make-to-Order, and a value is entered in the Qty. To Assemble to Order field of the sales quote line.
Hotfix
#177291
An error occurs while executing the Post action on the Item Reclassification Journals page for an item moved from bin mandatory location to non-bin mandatory location and the Bin Code field empty.

2302.5.0.0
Mar 07, 2024

TRA

1.5.146797.0
Mar 06, 2024

AAC

Hotfix
#183004
The system is unable to synchronize data associated with the Aptean BI extension for multiple customers when utilizing the web server.

2402.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

AAT

2301.6.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

ACM

Enhancement
The issues arising from the indirect permission set have been effectively resolved to ensure the seamless functionality of the extension.
Enhancement
Selected captions and tooltips have been curated to eliminate any spelling errors and improve readability in the French version (fr-FR).

2402.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

APR

2301.5.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

BOR

Hotfix
#177302
The External Document No. field is erroneously marked as mandatory on the Move to New Order page during backorder creation.

2312.1.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

CDC

2401.2.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

CLA

2301.4.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

COD

2301.4.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

EXC

2402.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

FBR

2301.1.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

GTR

2404.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

ILY

2304.3.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#176790
When the Method is set to Equally or Proportionally on the Allocate Dialog card page, the dialogue box on the Redistribution Worksheet page displayed an incorrect quantity when the Allocate action for a New Order Quantity with the Locked checkbox selected was executed.

2301.5.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

ISS

2402.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

LMT

2401.7.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#180499
While configuring the Retention Policy, the system does not display the License Plate Header ID for Table Id in a newly created company.

2402.2.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

MWR

2301.2.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

PCR

Hotfix
#182481
An error occurs while entering a value in the Phone No. field on the Producer Certification Issuer Card page.

2301.3.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

PSC

2401.0.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

PSG

2401.1.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#180935
On the Production Order Scheduling page, when overtime is added to resolve an overlap and then subsequently deleted, the overlap reappears with incorrect formatting in the Time Overlap/Slack field.

2301.3.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#181010
Based upon the Document Action selected on the Quality Control Triggers page, an error occurs upon creating/posting a Warehouse Receipt on the Purchase Order/Warehouse Receipt page, when two Item lines are added, and the first item line is deleted on the Lines FastTab of Purchase Order page. This error also occurs when quality control triggers exist for Sales Shipment, Purchase Return Shipment, Sales Return Order, Transfer Receipt, and Transfer Shipment.

2401.2.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#182294
The Order Type Code field is not available on the Posted Sales Invoice and Posted Sales Shipment pages.
Hotfix
#181630
When attempting to post an Inventory Put-away for a vendor, even if the associated trade plan is configured with an Item Charge No. that has a General Product Posting Group lacking values in the Trade Account Non-Invtbl. and Trade Account Non-Invtbl. (Interim) fields, a Purchase Receipt is posted. If values are then added to these fields and an attempt is made to repost, an error occurs as the Purchase Receipt has already been posted.

2301.6.0.0
Mar 06, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#181227
The Calculated Inb. Vehicle Weight and Calc. Quantity To Receive fields on the Commodity Receipt page are not correctly calculated and updated based on the Inbound Scale Reading field value.

2312.1.0.0
Mar 05, 2024

CDM

2401.1.0.0
Mar 05, 2024

CLA

2401.5.0.0
Feb 28, 2024

SFP

2403.1.0.0
Feb 27, 2024

ILY

2401.6.0.0
Feb 27, 2024

LPL

3.4.145319.0
Feb 27, 2024

apteanpay

2401.0.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

APR

2401.0.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

COM

Feature
Create purchase contracts
Feature
Create purchase orders based on purchase contracts
Feature
Configure alternate items for existing contracts.
Feature
Link alternate items to purchase contracts
Feature
Generate reports on pricing statistics and purchase contract with a small remaining quantity

2403.0.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

ILY

2401.4.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

LMT

2401.0.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

OUD

2401.1.0.0
Feb 26, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#177979
Negative Rate Amounts in Trade Plans for Actual Revenue and Actual Cost lead to unexpected absence or incorrect sign reversal in General Ledger Entries upon posting Sales Invoices or Purchase Credit Memos.
Hotfix
#177289
Trade Plans with Trade Rate Setup set as Specific, Accrual Type set as Actual Revenue, and the Sales Price Reference Customer set as Control Pricing from the Sell-To Customer, fail to calculate Document Trade Lines in Sales Orders.

1.11.144719.0
Feb 23, 2024

LIM

2301.5.0.0
Feb 23, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#179422
The system encounters a deadlock when multiple users attempt to modify, insert, or delete an item tracking line of a source document for which weighbridge ticket lines exist.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

BIC

2301.4.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#172841
The Unit of Measure for the item specified in the harvest order fails to reflect in the Unit of Measure Code field of the Purchase Order. Consequently, the Quantity field on the Purchase Order page displays incorrect values.

2401.4.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#177690
The Update Item Catalog field doesn't get updated as expected and a performance issue occurs on the Sales Order page, when the Update Item Catalog is set to Always on the Item Card page.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

FOR

2304.2.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

IOV

Hotfix
#177286
After performing the Next Column action, the Available flow field on the Inventory Projected Availability page fails to present the details of associated documents on the Inventory Document Type page.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

IWO

Hotfix
#178122
The Validate Data function on the Inventory Worksheet page fails to trigger an error message when the Allowed Values Filter on the Default Dimensions of the Item Card page does not match.

2401.5.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#167463
An error message is not displayed on the Warehouse Pick page when assigning the same license plate number in the License Plate No. and New License Plate No. fields.

2402.1.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#162536
Upon scanning the license plate number in the MWR mobile app, the system considers the last line item with multiple Qty. per UOM of the associated Warehouse Pick document.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

TMT

2401.0.0.0
Feb 21, 2024

aptean-ship

Feature
Improved packaging support for LTL Carriers via the Integrated LTL Carrier checkbox on the shipping agent. To know more, see Aptean ship carrier integration
Feature
The Service Options information provided on the Carrier Detail Card page will have the following priority order:
  1. Ship-to Address
  2. Customer Card
  3. Shipping Agents
Feature
You can now define the Shipping Carrier NMFC Code for package from sales order. This value is inherited from the Shipping Carrier NMFC Code field on the Item Card page. If the field is blank, it is inherited from the Shipping Carrier NMFC Code field on the Ship Setup page. This updates the NMFC Category Code, NMFC Category subcode, and0 NMFC Class fields on the Ship Portal.
Hotfix
#153995
The value in the first line of the Qty. To Pack field is copied to other lines on the Sales Packages page while using the Packaging action from the sales order.

2401.1.0.0
Feb 20, 2024

EDI

Hotfix
#175797
The CaseLot field is not populated with the Lot No. field on the Item Tracking Lines of the associated Warehouse Shipment page created from the Sales Order while executing the Process action on the EDI Messages page through the Aptean EDI 940 port.
Hotfix
#172938
The Unit Price field on the Sales Order line is calculated incorrectly using the default Item Unit of Measure for all other Units of Measure. Additionally, the Price field on the EDI Messages page of the Aptean EDI 855 XML port is also updated incorrectly.

2401.4.0.0
Feb 20, 2024

LPL

3.3.144164.0
Feb 20, 2024

apteanpay

2403.0.0.0
Feb 19, 2024

EST

2301.2.0.0
Feb 19, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#176577
On the Pricing Inquiry page, the system fails to retrieve entries on the Pricing Inquiry Lines FastTab based on the defined Customer and Item Attribute.The system fails to update the unit price on the Lines FastTab, upon executing the Calculate Price action on the Sales Price List page when Effective Date is not defined on the associated Pricing Calculation Matrix page.The system fails to consider the Effective Date defined on the Price Calculation Matrix page when populating the Pricing Formula field value on the Alternate Unit of Measure Formula page.

2301.4.0.0
Feb 19, 2024

SFL

Hotfix
#178460
On the Shop Floor Activities page, the Logistical Status field displays an incorrect status when registering the Pick for the sales order with a service item.

1.7.143092.0
Feb 14, 2024

FGR

2401.3.0.0
Feb 14, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#176220
An error occurs when registering the Inventory Movement for a partial pick from a Bin assigned to a Zone Code to a Bin without a Zone Code.

2301.2.0.0
Feb 14, 2024

PSG

Hotfix
#159580
After adding and subsequently deleting an overtime entry to eliminate the overlap, the system incorrectly displays the overlap in the Time Overlap/Slack field.

2302.2.0.0
Feb 14, 2024

aptean-ship

2401.3.0.0
Feb 13, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#149790
The sales item catalog buffer lines get deleted while executing the Item Catalog action on the Sales Order page when this extension is installed in conjunction with the Aptean Transport extension.

2402.0.0.0
Feb 13, 2024

MWR

Enhancement
The latest update of the Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration extension improves the extensibility. This extensibility feature enables custom actions before printing the Warehouse Receipt Labels.
Enhancement
For the Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration app, library updates pertaining to Device Tracking were made in order to meet Google Play Store requirements.

2402.2.0.0
Feb 09, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#176197
An error occurs upon executing the Auto Fill Quantity to Handle action for an Inventory Movement generated via Create Consolidated Production Movement with the Allowed Over Pick Consolidated Movement toggle on the Process Manufacturing Setup page turned on.An error occurs in the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app when completing the movement through the TAKE action for an Inventory Movement generated via Create Consolidated Production Movement with the Allowed Over Pick Consolidated Movement toggle on the Process Manufacturing Setup page turned on.

2401.4.0.0
Feb 09, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#173459
In Business Central, on the No. Series page, when the number series for an item lot number is selected as Manual Nos. and the Register output action is executed in the Shop Floor Production Power App, the system displayed an error. For more information, see Shop Floor Production Setup

2402.0.0.0
Feb 08, 2024

EST

2301.2.0.0
Feb 08, 2024

PSC

Hotfix
#162201
An error occurs while deleting an item from the Planned Production Order lines associated with the excise data line when this extension is installed in conjunction with the Aptean Accelerate Bundle.

2303.3.0.0
Feb 08, 2024

REP

Hotfix
#172926
Performance issues occur when generating the Sales Invoice report for customers with numerous packaging entries, such as 10 or more entries.

2401.3.0.0
Feb 08, 2024

SFP

Enhancement
Create and use routings with a Work Center that has associated Machine Centers. To know more, see To create a routing.
Enhancement
Filter the list of Machine Centers associated with a specific Work Center on the Aptean Shop Floor Production Power Apps.

2301.5.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

ACM

Hotfix
#175177
Performance issue occurs on the Warehouse Receipt page while executing the Source Document Comments action with multiple source documents.

2301.2.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

AWH

Enhancement
Source No.
Enhancement
Source Document
Enhancement
Source Type
Enhancement
Source Subtype
Enhancement
Destination Type
Enhancement
Destination No.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

CAW

Hotfix
#151400
When the Default Qty. to Receive field is set as Blank on the Purchases & Payables Setups page, the Direct Unit Cost Excl. VAT field is calculated incorrectly when posting the Purchase Order and Purchase Return Order for receipt.
Hotfix
#151401
When posting the Output on the Released Production Order page, the weight quantity fields are not updated on the Item Tracking Lines, and the Document Weight Lines are not copied to the corresponding component lines for the Make-to-Order items.

2301.3.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#160828
The City field value is not inherited while creating a Farm from the associated Grower page.
Hotfix
#152184
The Purchase Order is created while executing the Create Purchase Order action on the Commodity Receipt page even when the Control Type field on the Vendor Compliance Documents page is set to Order Control for the specified vendor. The Purchase Order is created while executing the Create and Post Purchase Order action on the Commodity Receipt page even when the Control Type field on the Vendor Compliance Documents page is set to Receipt Control or Order Control for the specified vendor.

2401.2.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#173226
An error occurs when entering the quantity in the sales order line. An error occurs when trying to open the Sales Item Catalog page through a Sales Order.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

CLA

2301.3.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

COD

Hotfix
#152184
The Purchase Order is created while executing the Create Purchase Order action on the Commodity Receipt page even when the Control Type field on the Vendor Compliance Documents page is set to Order Control for the specified vendor.The Purchase Order is created while executing the Create and Post Purchase Order action on the Commodity Receipt page even when the Control Type field on the Vendor Compliance Documents page is set to Receipt Control or Order Control for the specified vendor.

1.12.108779.0
Feb 07, 2024

EXM

2401.1.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

EXM

Hotfix
#173539
Warehouse picks are created for items with expiration dates that exceed the Minimum Sales Shelf Life, even when the Pick According to FEFO toggle on the associated Location Card page is turned on.

1.5.141773.0
Feb 07, 2024

FOR

Hotfix
#173329
The Rounding Precision value on the relevant Item Forecast Variables page and in the Import history into Demand Forecast report is not considered in the calculations for the quantity displayed on the Demand Forecast Matrix table.
Hotfix
#176109
An error occurs if the item shipped quantity value is in decimal on the Demand Forecast Matrix table, which is populated when executing the Import History action on the Demand Forecast Overview page.

2401.0.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

IFB

Feature
Permissions are added to users and user groups during app installations. This ensures that permission-related procedures are stored in a unified location, simplifying management and eliminating code redundancy across various apps.
Feature
Users receive permissions based on their company access. Permissions are applied across all companies if a user has no assigned companies. This refinement simplifies the permission assignment process, ensuring accurate alignment with user-company relationships.
Feature
The DisplayInRoleExplorer code, which is responsible for showcasing permissions within Business Central's role explorer, has been transferred to this extension. This transfer facilitates invoking the code with parameters like AppID and Profile, allowing for more flexible and configurable usage.

2402.3.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

ILY

Enhancement
Enhancement

2401.1.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

LBL

Hotfix
#156241
When the Label Qty. Type is selected as Fixed Quantity on the Label Selection page in Business Central, an error occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app while executing the Print action on the Receive screen. The system fails to print the quantity mentioned on the Print Labels dialogue box.

2401.2.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#170085
An error occurs while moving the license plates with multiple lots to a different location by performing the Move License Plate action on the License Plate Card page.
Hotfix
#175040
Performance issues occur while registering a Pick on the Warehouse Pick page.

2301.11.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#174995
When releasing the Purchase Order, the system encounters a deadlock, preventing successful completion of the other transactions which use the same database resource.

2301.2.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#175846
An error occurs while creating Quality Control Checks from the Lot No. Information Card page in French localization.
Hotfix
#175497
An error occurs when the existing Aptean Quality Control (QCL) for Food and Beverage extension users migrate the data to Aptean Quality Control (QCA) for Food and Beverage (BC) extension. It occurs due to the different default logic of storing and sorting records in Business Central and Microsoft Dynamics 365.

2302.2.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

SSC

Hotfix
#174074
Curated the Weight Quantity field caption on the SSCC Lines page to remove erroneous spellings and for better readability.

2302.4.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#175473
When releasing the Purchase Order, the system encounters a deadlock, preventing successful completion of the other transactions which use the same database resource.

2301.4.0.0
Feb 07, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#175460
Performance issues occur on the Purchase Order page due to the Weighbridge Ticket No. field and Weighbridge Enabled toggle.

2312.1.0.0
Feb 05, 2024

EGM

2301.3.0.0
Feb 05, 2024

EXC

Hotfix
#169922
The entries on the Value Entries page of the Posted Transfer Shipment are incorrect when an Item Revaluation Journal is used for an excise item.
Hotfix
#170126
The customer field values are not inherited when creating a Sales Quote, Sales Order, Sales Invoice, or Sales Credit Memo while executing the New Document action on the Customer Card page. Additionally, an error occurs when a customer is manually added to the respective pages.

20.202209.0.0
Feb 05, 2024

MFB

Hotfix
#225505
Recalculate dependent line for active ingredient is not working anymore.
Hotfix
#225721
On the Production Journals page, the Assign FEFO by Volume*Strength action should include reserved lots by other orders.

20.202211.0.0
Feb 05, 2024

MFB

Hotfix
#229100
Dependent Component doesn't work correctly.

2401.4.0.0
Feb 02, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#156241
When the Label Qty. Type is selected as Fixed Quantity on the Label Selection page in Business Central, an error occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app while executing the Print action on the Receive screen. The system fails to print the quantity mentioned on the Print Labels dialogue box.

1.1.53688.0
Jan 31, 2024

BIC

Hotfix
#58536
An error occurs during authentication due to the recent changes in the blob storage connection in the Aptean Azure Connector extension. Due to its dependency, the blob storage connection does not work for the Aptean BI extension.

1.2.140381.0
Jan 31, 2024

BIC

Hotfix
#172289
When exporting large tables with the Synchronization Type set to Full, the system fails to process the information, causing synchronization issues.

2401.2.0.0
Jan 29, 2024

ALA

2312.1.0.0
Jan 29, 2024

AWM

Hotfix
#174978
Upon creating pick document from the associated return purchase order, the system fails to inherit the Ship-to fields value on the License plate List and License Plate card page.

2401.2.0.0
Jan 29, 2024

FBR

Hotfix
#175180
An error occurs when executing the Post and close action to initiate the movement of items.

2301.1.0.0
Jan 29, 2024

QCA

Hotfix
#172722
When the language is set to Dutch (Belgium) in the Business Central environment, an error occurs while opening the Quality Control Action page or the Posted Quality Control Action page.

2301.5.0.0
Jan 29, 2024

TRB

2312.1.0.0
Jan 25, 2024

CMG

2312.0.0.0
Jan 25, 2024

EVT

Feature
Use the Return Entry action on the Blanket Sales Orders page.
Feature
Add Event dimensions to the Standard Sales Code for event orders on the Blanket Sales Order and Blanket Purchase Order pages and now use the Event dimension for reporting an event.
Enhancement
Create Sales Order from Blanket Sales Order by selecting Home > Make Order on the action bar, on the Blanket Sales Order page.
Enhancement
Create invoices per event ensuring that shipments and return receipts related to event orders are exclusively included in the event invoice, separate from regular invoices.
Enhancement
Only create periodic sales invoices for blanket sales orders which have a logistic status with the Allowed on Create Sales Invoice field selected.
Enhancement
Filter the customers on the Update Customer Event Invoice Period page, upon using the Update Customers action on the Event Management Setup page.
Hotfix
#150984
The description of the Event Dimension Code is not created as expected.
Hotfix
#149119
On creating a blanket sales order with an Event Specific Code, an error occurs.
Hotfix
#158388
On the Create Periodic Invoices page, it was possible to change the value in the Custom Period field when Custom was not selected in the Invoice Period field on the Options FastTab.
Hotfix
#159864
On the Blanket Sales Order page, the Customer No. field in the Full Goods Balance FactBox is filtering incorrectly.
Hotfix
#160961
The Event Period Length filter is not available by default while executing the Update Customers action on the Event Management Setup page.
Hotfix
#168770
The Blanket Order No. field on the Drink-IT Foundation FastTab of the Purchase Order page is not updated when creating a purchase order from the Blanket Purchase Order.

2401.2.0.0
Jan 25, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#168448
An error occurs on the Production Order screen when attempting to create a production order with Source as Families, as it is not supported in the Shop Floor Production Power App.

1.4.139156.0
Jan 24, 2024

CAP

Hotfix
#164441
The Shipment Date value is not calculated correctly based on the Shipment Day on the Call Plan Worksheet page.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

EST

2301.2.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

EUT

Hotfix
#168943
Unable to edit the document lines when opening Sales and Purchase documents from the Customer/Vendor Card FactBox.

2401.3.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#168319
An error occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app while performing a Warehouse Pick activity to handle a quantity that exceeds the available quantity for picking within the license plate. This error occurs only when the Pick According to FEFO toggle on the Location Card page is turned on.
Hotfix
#158844
When registering a pick, the system does not create SSCC lines if the Shipping Type is not specified as Shipping Unit in the item default packaging and the Require Shipping Unit Registration field is set to No on the Customer SSCC Setup page.

2301.10.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#161462
An error occurs while performing an Over Pick for an already registered Warehouse Pick.
Hotfix
#166282
An error occurs while performing a partial Warehouse Pick activity with Over Delivery for the remaining quantity on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration extension.

2401.1.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#160912
The Calculate Regenerative Plan action on the Planning Worksheet page generates a Reservation Entry with the Status field set as Reservation instead of Tracking when the MTO Production Depends Only on Components toggle on the Process Manufacturing Setup page is turned on.

2402.0.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

PRM

Feature
Include or exclude the run time of the resource for cost roll-up purposes without affecting the overall run time of a production order.
Feature
Post consumption on substitute items when there is a shortage of the original component to fulfill a production order due to partial consumption.
Enhancement
For Planned and Firm Planned Production Orders, you can now set the Open Shop Floor Bin Code field value on the Prod. Order Component line.
Enhancement
The performance of the Independent BOM Cost Share Distribution report is improved by reducing the processing time. For more information, see Independent BOM Cost Share Distibution Report.
Hotfix
#169140
The Bin Codes are different on the Component lines of the Planned and Firm Planned Production Orders than on the Released Production Order.
Hotfix
#161414
The Independent BOM Cost Share Distribution report crashes, making it non-functional.

2402.1.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

PRM

Hotfix
#169144
When manually creating a production order, the Production BOM No. and Production BOM Line No. fields remain blank on the Prod. Order Components page.

1.11.139359.0
Jan 24, 2024

PRS

Hotfix
#172848
The translations of the Suitable for dietary section fields are inaccurate in the German versions (de-At, de-DE, de-CH) on the following pages: Product Specification End ProductProduct Specification Semi ProductProduct Specification Raw MaterialsVendor Product Specification End ProductVendor Product Specification Raw Material

2301.5.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

QCL

Hotfix
#173380
The blank option is not available in the Item Type field on the Quality Triggers pages in the Dutch (Belgium) [nl-BE] and Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL] versions. Additionally, on the selection of other available options in the Item Type field, it directs to the values in the wrong table.

2303.2.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

REP

2303.1.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

TMT

Hotfix
#163811
An error occurs on the Sales Order page when posting the warehouse shipment for an item with Default Packaging and Trade Management Setup.

2302.2.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

TRA

Enhancement
You can create a Transport Order with the Shipping Agent that is not linked to a vendor. For more information, see Transport Planning.
Enhancement
When posting the Transport Order, the system operates based on the configuration of the Shipping Agent and the Transport Cost Amount value. For more information, see Posted Transport Order.
Hotfix
#173242
An error occurs while posting a Sales Order due to exceeding the limit of 1000 characters in the No. field on the Lines FastTab.

2302.3.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#172271
The Route Code value on the Transport Order header does not get updated when it is modified for the relevant transport request on the Transport Planning page.

2301.3.0.0
Jan 24, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#148400
After posting multiple consumption lines with the same item from the production journal through the weighbridge ticket, only one consumption entry with the incorrect Quantity is displayed on the Item Ledger Entries page.
Hotfix
#148396
An error occurs while executing the Create Outbound Register action on the Weighbridge Ticket page with license plates.

3.2.139208.0
Jan 24, 2024

apteanpay

Hotfix
#161522
The Aptean Pay Portal erroneously captures payment even when the related sales order is deleted in Business Central after successful authorization.

2302.1.0.0
Jan 22, 2024

IWO

Hotfix
#172955
An error occurs on the Inventory Worksheet page, upon executing the Validate Data action with decimal values in the Quantity field.

2401.1.0.0
Jan 19, 2024

ALA

2401.0.0.0
Jan 19, 2024

EDI

2401.1.0.0
Jan 19, 2024

FBR

Hotfix
#173878
Curated the label name in the Permission Set to remove erroneous spellings and for better readability.

2301.4.0.0
Jan 19, 2024

TRB

2401.2.0.0
Jan 18, 2024

MWR

Hotfix
#165967
An error occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app while scanning a Transfer Order number.
Hotfix
#168445
A performance issue occurs on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app during a Queue activity due to a procedure in the codeunit.

2301.1.0.0
Jan 18, 2024

PMX

Hotfix
#173349
Upon executing the Recalculate Prices action on the Pricing Inquiry page, the system fails to fetch relevant data based on the defined Item Attribute, Item No., and Customer.If the Unit of Measure is not defined on the Price Calculation Matrix page, the system excludes the specified Pricing Formula from pricing inquiry line calculations, resulting in inaccuracies.

2302.1.0.0
Jan 18, 2024

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#169151
The Qty. Packed field on the PACK SCANNING page is not calculated based on the value in the Units per Parcel field on the PACKING RULES page.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 17, 2024

ALA

2402.2.0.0
Jan 17, 2024

ILY

2401.3.0.0
Jan 17, 2024

LMT

Hotfix
#169118
The Item Tracking and Assigned Lot(s) fields on the Lines FastTab cause performance issues while displaying certain pages.

2301.1.0.0
Jan 17, 2024

PRO

2301.2.0.0
Jan 17, 2024

WBR

2401.0.0.0
Jan 16, 2024

FBR

Hotfix
#136512
An error occurs on the Item Tracking Lines page when a Lot No. is reused on multiple lines of the document.
Hotfix
#157419
An error occurs on the Item Tracking Lines page when attempting to reuse a lot number for an item in a different location after performing an Undo Receipt action on the original warehouse receipt.

2312.1.0.0
Jan 16, 2024

TAX

Hotfix
#170827
When items are moved from a bonded location, the Tax Amount value is not calculated on the Transport Order page based on the information associated with the transfer order line.

2301.3.0.0
Jan 16, 2024

TRB

2401.1.0.0
Jan 12, 2024

ILY

2401.2.0.0
Jan 12, 2024

LMT

2401.1.0.0
Jan 12, 2024

LPL

Hotfix
#160938
When multiple users attempt to register the Pick simultaneously using the Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration application, it triggers a deadlock scenario where both users try to update shared data concurrently, resulting in an error stating The activity was deadlocked with another user. Please retry the activity.

2301.9.0.0
Jan 12, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#160938
When multiple users attempt to register the Pick simultaneously using the Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration application, it triggers a deadlock scenario where both users try to update shared data concurrently, resulting in an error stating The activity was deadlocked with another user. Please retry the activity.

2401.1.0.0
Jan 12, 2024

SFP

Hotfix
#91498
Upon executing the Generate new lot no. action in the Lot no. field on the Register Output screen of Shop Floor Production Power App, the system fails to generate a new lot number if the Aptean Lot Management extension is not installed.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

AAT

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

AOW

Enhancement
Enabling functionality to direct warehouse employees from the OWM 6 App to the appropriate Tax-by-bin bin based on established setup and tax rules within mixed excise type locations.
Enhancement
Facilitating the reopening of purchase or return orders to include returnable items before their release.
Enhancement
Configuring modules for all locations and adjusting validation and Postback fields as needed.
Hotfix
#233728
The incorrect selected quantity is displayed in the Bulk Put-Away process on the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#236597
When Serial Shipping Container Code is known, it is not possible to scan the license plate numbers with a 2D barcode.
Hotfix
#245335
The Ad Hoc Bin Replenishment calculation is incorrect and inaccurate.
Hotfix
#245996
While creating a module, the Display Module field value is not updated on the dependent pages.
Hotfix
#246053
While creating the Direct Put-Away module, the Posting Handler and Display Module fields are not updated.
Hotfix
#247362
The pick process does not include the bins that contain reserved items.
Hotfix
#153667
The Prod. Consump. screen on the OWM 6 App does not display the document line, even though the production order has component lines in the location of the OWM 6 App. Because no OWM Activity was created in Business Central.
Hotfix
#161329
The system allows to enter a quantity higher than the content quantity of the scanned license plate of the selected item. This occurs as no OWM activity is created.
Hotfix
#157398
The OWM 6 App scanner prompts the entry of an Expiration Date for items when the Use Expiration Dates toggle is turned on the Item Tracking Code Card page.
Hotfix
#157363
During the Direct Put-Away process, it is allowed to receive the quantity twice as the system allows to delete the warehouse receipt and recreate it.
Hotfix
#157395
The OWM 6 App scanner allows scanning the SSCC number instead of the Lot number.
Hotfix
#157368
When a license plate number is moved to a different bin using the Ad Hoc Movement module on the OWM 6 App, the status of that license plate number is updated in Business Central.
Hotfix
#159881
Upon posting consumption from a bin different from the specified using the OWM 6 App, the system fails to post and displays an error message on the Activities (OWM) page in Business Central.
Hotfix
#159742
Upon posting consumption with quantity higher than the available quantity associated with the license plate number, the system fails to throw an error message on the Adv. Prod. Consumption screen on the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#154355
On creating a warehouse put-away, the data is corrupted, and an error occurs in both OWM 6 App and Business Central.
Hotfix
#153825
When consuming on the Adv. Prod. Consumption screen in the OWM 6 App, the quantity on the OWM 6 App is not updated correctly if the Warehouse Template Group and Warehouse Template Code fields on the OWM Configuration page in Business Central have no value.
Hotfix
#161887
The Enter the Expiration Date dialogue box keeps reappearing on the OWM 6 App upon posting a warehouse receipt on Business Central using direct put-away in the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#159279
In Ad Hoc Movement module on the OWM 6 App while scanning incorrect bins/LPN combination the system fails to throw an error.
Hotfix
#155682
An error occurs in the OWM 6 App when Prod. Consump. is executed without configuring the relevant license plate for the specified company and the system fails to generate the associated Detailed Warehouse Entries and Item Ledger Entries in the Business Central.
Hotfix
#151199
The OWM 6 App registers more than the available quantity associated with a defined license plate number.
Hotfix
#151557
The OWM 6 App does not register the quantity of the item picked in the Business Central.
Hotfix
#153980
An error occurs in the OWM 6 App on using Ad Hoc Movement for a mixed excise type location.
Hotfix
#151575
The license plate from a tax-paid bin was not registered by the system to be used in the ad hoc bin replenishment function at a mixed exercise type location.
Hotfix
#164668
An error occurs on the OWM 6 App on scanning bin using Ad Hoc Movement for a non-LPN tracked item.
Hotfix
#148826
When trying to use a Request Form (OWM) an error occurs on the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#149810
When a pallet is moved from a bonded bin to a tax paid bin in the mixed excise location in the Bin Replenishment module, unrequired tax ledger entries are created, and the Ad Hoc Movement is incorrectly blocked in the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#168403
In the Adv. Prod. Consumption module in the OWM 6 App, it was possible to scan an LPN multiple times, allowing consumption of more than available quantity on the License Plate.
Hotfix
#148719
When the Sorting Method field on the Warehouse Templates page in the Business Central is empty, the quantity displayed on the OWM 6 App is incorrect upon consumption.
Hotfix
#168938
An error is generated on the Activity List (OWM) page in the Business Central and the receipt is not posted, when the Complete field is selected in the Warehouse Receipt module in the OWM 6 App.
Hotfix
#169379
Duplicate entries are created on the Warehouse Entries page in the Business Central, upon executing the Direct Put-Away in the OWM 6 App.

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

ASM

Enhancement
You can now set the minimum order amount on the customer card. Orders associated with it will be released only after this value is reached upon calculation.
Enhancement
In the Order Entry process, all recurring sales lines are retrieved when an item is used in multiple lines, each with different reason codes.
Enhancement
You can remove the unsold items from the recurring sales lines using a batch job after the specified period.
Enhancement
You can set up whether to automatically apply the updated allowed items functionality when you create or edit an item or manually either from the item card or as a batch process.
Enhancement
The Minimum Order Amount Excl. VAT value is checked for sales orders, sales quotes, and sales invoices. The Sales Invoices created through Combine Invoicing are excluded.
Enhancement
The Reason Code field on the Standard Sales Lines Card page helps differentiate the entries when the same items are entered multiple times.
Enhancement
Indirect Sales enable the setup of indirect customers who can make deliveries to other indirect customers.
Enhancement
You cannot select an excluded item on the Mix & Match selection page.
Enhancement
The Item Reference No. field on the Indirect Sales Journal page enables you to record the item numbers as defined by the Delivered-by Customer.
Enhancement
The Customer Reference field on the Indirect Sales Journal page allows you to record the customer number by which the customer is known in the delivery-by customer's system.
Enhancement
The Exclusivity Item table has been redesigned to contain necessary information and details of exclusive customers.
Hotfix
#155801
An error occurs on the Sales Order page while executing the Post/ Preview Posting action when using the minimum order amount functionality.
Hotfix
#129961
When Recurring Sales Lines have multiple entries for the same item, only the first entry is displayed on the Order Entry page.
Hotfix
#244370
The Description field value is not displayed on the Sales Notification page when the Notify as New Item action is executed.
Hotfix
#246561 
When applying the filter on the Call Entries page, only the filtered lines are moved to the sales order.
Hotfix
#248336
The sold items in the Order Entry page are added to the recurring sales line for a customer for whom the customer specific sales code does not exist.
Hotfix
#250037 
The Volume 1 and Volume 2 field values on the Indirect Sales Journal lines are not recalculated and correctly updated on changing the value in the Unit of Measure Code field.
Hotfix
#146031
The Customer Relations toggle is not working on the Advanced Sales Management FastTab of the Customer Card page. Additionally, when Indirect is selected in the Customer Type field, the Delivered-by Customer No. field does not become visible.
Hotfix
#145739
The Update Allowed Item function on the Advanced Sales Management FastTab of the Customer Card page is not correctly updating exclusive items and customers in the recurring sales line.

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

AWM

Enhancement
From the Warehouse Shipment, you can create a pick by entering a value in the field associated with the Transport Validation type selected on the Warehouse Template page.
Enhancement
View an overview of all the associated license plate information on the License Plate Contents list page. You also have an option to export the details to an excel file.
Enhancement
Create a warehouse pick for a transport validation type as dock, when Dock is selected in the Transport Validation Type field on the Warehouse Templates page and a value is entered in the Dock Code field on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Enhancement
Create a warehouse pick in production using the correct warehouse template.
Enhancement
Use the Cancel action for the cancellation of picks in a mixed excise type location.
Enhancement
Use the Create Pick action as per the excise type rules.
Hotfix
#213012
The system does not check for the Exclusivity Type selected for the bin.
Hotfix
#233927
The system allows to create a pick from warehouse shipment even when the related field for the selected Transport Validation Type is blank.
Hotfix
#239848
The system does not account for rescheduling the undelivered customer shipments.
Hotfix
#243502
An error occurs while using license plate numbers in non-warehouse document location.
Hotfix
#157383
On the Bin Contents page, when Preferred checkbox is enabled and the associated inventory values become 0, the system deletes the preferred bin.
Hotfix
#151388
On the Warehouse Pick page, incorrect picks occur when using a warehouse template without excise type in a mixed location and the result on the OWM 6 App and Business Central is different.
Hotfix
#151213
Upon posting consumption with a higher quantity than the specified quantity in the Prod. Order Components page, the system fails to post and displays an error message on the Activities (OWM) page in Business Central.
Hotfix
#153910
An error occurs on the License Plate page upon executing Cancel action for a license plate with Status as Picked and Exercise Type as Bonded.
Hotfix
#163188
On the License Plate List page, when Register Rescheduled Delivery action is selected and a warehouse shipment is created, an incorrect error occurs on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Hotfix
#149873
When shipment is done for LPN in a mixed excise type location, the Excise Type field on the License Plate page has no value.
Hotfix
#148196
When there is no inventory in the first line of the Picking Bin Group Code field on the Picking Group Order page, a pick is not created when the Create Pick action is used on the Warehouse Shipment page.
Hotfix
#148218
On the Bin Contents page, the Exclusivity Type field is not updated when the Exclusivity Type field is changed on the Bins page.
Hotfix
#148221
On the Bins page, the number in the Exclusivity Item No. field does not disappear when the Exclusivity Type field was changed to blank or Single item (Dynamic).
Hotfix
#151384
When the Cancel action is used on the License Plate page, the warehouse movement is not created, and the Status field is not updated correctly.
Hotfix
#164670
On using a positive adjustment on the Item Journal page to add inventory to a non-full License Plate, creates incorrect Warehouse Entries and/or Detailed Warehouse Entries, resulting in a corrupt inventory.

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

CDM

Enhancement
Strength field values are rounded and reported in AC4 tax declaration while the actual value to EMCS.
Enhancement
The Customs Document Management Setup page has been updated with several action fields that allow you to perform various tasks related to Customs Document Management directly from this page.
Enhancement
The Intrastat fields namely Transaction Specification, Transaction Type, and Area are removed from the Customer card.
Hotfix
#244626
The data in the delivery place is missing when Direct Delivery is set in the Destination Type field on the Customer Card page.
Hotfix
#246042
While executing the Create Customs Document on the Posted Sales Shipment page with multiple item lines, only the first line is added.
Hotfix
#247772
An error occurs while executing the Process the IE815 message action when there are special characters in the Description and Brand Name of Products fields on the Customs Document page.
Hotfix
#160589
The Local URL, Certificate Expiration, EMCS PHASE fields, and Certificate Available toggle are not editable when BE or NL is selected in the Country Code field on the Customs Document Mgt. Connector Setup page.

2301.2.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

CHP

Hotfix
#168569
While creating the Commodity Receipt from the Harvest Order, the Unit of Measure Code field is incorrectly updated.
Hotfix
#148395
While creating the Harvest Order, the lines get duplicated when the same agricultural location is selected for the second time.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

CIC

2401.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

CIC

Hotfix
#168699
The Update Item Catalog field in the sales order line is not updated correctly when an item is added by searching the description instead of using the item number.

2302.2.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

CLA

Hotfix
#168535
An error occurs when attempting to release Sales Claims while the Combine documents per claim toggle on the Claim Setup page is turned on.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

EXM

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

ILY

2402.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

ILY

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

LBL

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

LMT

Feature
Assign lot number to the production order in the planned or firm planned state. For more information, see Create Lot Number.
Feature
Use lot production date while assigning lot to released production orders using Lot No. Profile. For more information, see Lot No. Profiles.

2401.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

LMT

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

LOG

Enhancement
Aptean Beverage Logistics is integrated with Aptean Beverage Empty Goods and Deposit Management extension to retrieve the Shipping Location and Receipt Location on Routes, for Return Entry and Return Orders.
Enhancement
Technical events have been added on the Route Planning Worksheet page to enable the filters.
Enhancement
From the Warehouse Shipment, you can create a pick by entering a value in the field associated with the Transport Validation type selected on the Warehouse Template page.
Enhancement
You can create a pick on the Warehouse Shipment page, using a Warehouse Template with Transport Validation Type set as Vehicle only when the Vehicle Code and/or Trailer fields on the Logistics FastTab of the Warehouse Shipment page have values. Else, you will receive an error.
Enhancement
Modifications were made to this extension to use the Update to next Logistic Status and Update to Previous Logistic Status actions on the Blanket Purchase Order page. For more information, refer to Training.
Enhancement
A warehouse pick is not created when not allowed by the logistic status of a sales order.
Hotfix
#248008
Unable to create Return Order for Empty Goods and for Full Goods while executing the Apply Changes action on the Return Entry page opened from the Route Planning Worksheet.
Hotfix
#254764
The Update to next Logistic Status action does not work on the Blanket Purchase Order page.
Hotfix
#256549
The Route Planning Request field values on the Route Planning Worksheet page are not correctly updated on changing the Sell-to Customer No. on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#248051
The Shipment Date is not correctly updated on the Transfer Order page from the specified Route.
Hotfix
#141476
On the Route Planning Worksheet page, on the Route Planning Request FastTab, Sell-To/Buy From No. field is generated with incorrect locations when a transfer order is created.
Hotfix
#145362
On the Sales Order page, on the General FastTab when the Customer No. is changed, the Sell-To/Buy/From No., Ship/Receipt-To Name, and Ship/Receipt- To city fields are not changed in the Route Planning Request lines on the Route Planning Worksheet page.
Hotfix
#165855
On the Warehouse Shipment Book page, the Route Planning No. field is not filled but on the Warehouse Shipments page the Route Planning No. field is filled when a warehouse shipment is created.
Hotfix
#163421
The Purchase Order does not inherit the Route field value from the Vendor Card page during creation.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

LPL

2312.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

MFB

Hotfix
#154586
The Assign FEFO by Volume*Strength action does not work correctly on the Production Journal page of the selected Released Production Order.

2401.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

MWR

Enhancement
Quantity in Kilograms/Quantity Handled (31 and 33)
Enhancement
Quantity in LBs/Quantity Handled (32 and 34)
Hotfix
#168443
Performance issues occur when the home screen loads a large amount of data.
Hotfix
#168454
The pick functionality is causing performance issues due to unoptimized codes.
Hotfix
#163616
Performing the Calculate Inventory action on the Physical Inventory page does not correctly populate the values in the Qty. (Current Bin Inventory), Qty. (Current Bin Inventory Whse.), and Qty. (Current Inventory) fields on the Physical Inventory Journals page.
Hotfix
#162499
An error occurs when registering the inventory movement in the MWR app.

2301.8.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

OUD

Hotfix
#167241
After creating the Warehouse Shipment and Pick with zero quantity for a Sales Order with the item's Allowed % Underdelivery set to 100, the Sales Order still appears on the Shop Floor Activities page.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

PRM

Feature
View the shop floor production status of the selected output item and time entries of the selected work or machine center. Additionally, the Expected Quantity field accurately displays the calculated value for the routing lines on the Material and Capacity Cost Details page. For more information, see Production Variances.
Feature
Filter the production order routing lines with variances by updating the Capacity Variance % Filter on the Production Completion Analysis report page. The report displays each production order routing line separately, including details like Item No., Item Description, Qty. Per, Expected Qty, Actual Qty, Variance, and Variance %. For more information, see Production Completion Analysis Report.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

SFP

2302.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

SSC

Hotfix
#164476
The Quantity Shipping Units are inaccurately calculated on the SSCC Lines page when the warehouse shipment line has a unit of measure that does not match the base unit of measure.

2302.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

TRA

Hotfix
#167445
Unable to execute the Transport Route Assignments action on the Customer Card page when French (Belgium) language is selected in the settings.

2301.1.0.0
Jan 10, 2024

WBR

Hotfix
#149797
An error occurs while creating a Purchase Invoice from the Purchase Order through the Create Advance Payment action.
Hotfix
#148397
An error occurs while executing the Create Weighbridge Ticket action on the Purchase Order page even with a single lot.

23.500.106984.0
Jan 09, 2024

ASM

Hotfix
#244208
Error on Get Blanket Order Lines in Order Entry page.
Hotfix
#245747
Include Original Quantity in sales shipment lines.
Hotfix
#243170
Backorder Lines page should exclude inbound lines and service items.
Hotfix
#242188
Exclusive item doesn’t work when you use the function Copy item.
Hotfix
#226836
Item reference customer no (group item references)- part 2.
Hotfix
#238744
Process No Backorder should include warehouse shipment line.
Hotfix
#241766
Issue in Route Planning Worksheet with processing Backorder Lines.
Hotfix
#246457
Not able to process a sales backorder line to a blanket order when ext. item text lines.
Hotfix
#247651
ASM - LOG - Processing backorder should update the Logistic Status to Whse Picked as well.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 09, 2024

QPR

Feature
Set up the default location, new lot attribute rule, additional consumption rule, and run time for the production order using Quick Production. For more information, see Quick Production Setup.
Feature
Specify the required details on the From and To FastTabs from a single-page interface to create and finish an order. The production BOM and routings can be specifically assigned to the inventory, ensuring that components and capacity costs align appropriately with the production process. To know more, see Quick Production Entries.
Feature
Create a Released Production Order, including its routing lines, using Quick Production. For more information, see Create a Released Production Order.
Feature
Manage the additional consumption during each posting when additional components are needed in the production process. For more information, see Quick production additional consumption list.
Feature
Post the Quick Production Entry for consumption and output items. For more information, see Post the Quick Production Entry.
Feature
Print the item and license plate labels of the production orders. For more information, see Print Labels.

2401.0.0.0
Jan 03, 2024

MWR

2301.7.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#160415
When a negative value is entered in the Quantity field on the Inventory Worksheet page and the Process Records action is executed, the Item Type is incorrectly updated as Positive Adjustment on the Item Journals page.

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

AAT

2301.4.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ACM

Hotfix
#154271
Performance issue occurs due to the use of the COUNT function in the existing code.

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

APR

2301.2.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

COD

Hotfix
#163839
An error occurs on the Item Compliance Documents page when navigating in the current line with either the Transaction Type or Compliance Document Code field value selected, but not both.

2301.1.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

EUT

Hotfix
#164680
An error occurs while creating an Order or Invoice from the Customer Card page when the Ship-to Code field is filled and when there is a Shipment Method Code filled in the Ship-to Code field.

2301.5.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2301.7.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2301.8.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2301.9.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2303.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

ILY

2303.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

IOV

2304.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

IOV

2304.1.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

IOV

Hotfix
#165814
While receiving a Purchase Order or shipping a Sales Order without creating an Invoice, the Gross/Committed Requirement and Expected fields do not get updated on the Inventory Projected Availability page.

2301.7.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#160473
Warehouse entries are created despite the error regarding insufficient inventory while registering the Inventory Movement created from a consolidated pick.

2301.8.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#160443
Upon executing the Print Label(s) action on the License Plate Card page, the system fails to generate printed output based on the License Plating Setup page configuration.

2303.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

MWR

Enhancement
Best Before Date/Expiration Date (15)
Enhancement
Quantity in Kilograms/Quantity Handled (33)
Enhancement
Quantity in LBs/Quantity Handled (34)

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

PAC

2303.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

REP

2303.1.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

REP

Hotfix
#161622
The Unit Price and Total Amount fields display the incorrect value, including VAT, on the Goods Shipped Not Invoiced report for all sales documents. Also, these values are limited to two decimal places instead of five decimal places.
Hotfix
#161621
The Unit Cost and Total Unit Cost fields display the incorrect value, including VAT, on the Goods Received not Invoiced report for all purchase documents. Also, these values are limited to two decimal places instead of five decimal places.

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

SSC

2303.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

TMT

2302.0.0.0
Dec 27, 2023

TRA

Feature
Create vehicle and driver records, and allocate them for transportation processes. For more information, see Vehicles and Drivers.
Feature
Assign numbers for the new driver records. For more information, see Transport Setup.
Feature
Include essential information to the transport route such as driver, truck, trailer information, and loading sequence number. For more information, see Transport route code setup.
Feature
Assign packaging types to floor space types. For more information, see Transport Floor Types Packaging.
Feature
Calculate floor space based on item default packaging. For more information, see Calculation for floor space based on item default packaging.
Feature
Create loading dock door records that serve as access points to the loading dock area. For more information, see Loading dock doors.
Feature
Include essential information to the transport order such as driver, vehicle, and dock related information, seal numbers, overall weight, volume, and capacity of the vehicles based on floor space types. For more information, see Add information in transport order header.
Feature
View the total volume of all items within the transport order on the Transport Order header, Transport Planning page, and when utilizing the Split Transport Order function. For more information, see Split transport request function.
Feature
Assign the transport request to an existing transport order when the transport date and route code match the values specified on the existing transport order. For more information, see Create transport order.
Feature
Restrict the addition of new transport requests to the transport order. For more information, see Add information in transport order header.

2302.0.0.0
Dec 26, 2023

CIC

2302.0.0.0
Dec 26, 2023

IWO

Feature
Add Global Lot Attributes on the Inventory Worksheet page. For more information, see Integration with Advanced Attributes.
Feature
Create a shipping container code with a license plate number on the Inventory Worksheet page. For more information, see Integration with License Plating.
Hotfix
#160415
When a negative value is entered in the Quantity field on the Inventory Worksheet page, the Item Type is incorrectly updated as Positive Adjustment on the Item Journals page while executing the Process Records action.

1.5.54945.0
Dec 26, 2023

PRM

Feature
Configure the Routing/Version and Overhead that will be used for costing analysis relative to a particular Production BOM Version using the Production BOM Cost Share Setup page. For more information, see Production BOM Cost Share Setup.
Feature
Perform calculations in relation to a Production BOM or Version independent of any item record and use the Routing/Version/Overhead as per the Production BOM Cost Shares Setup record for the respective BOM Version. This is achieved using the Independent BOM Cost Share Distribution Report. For more information, see Independent BOM Cost Share Distribution Report.
Feature
View the differences between the Prod. BOM Components along with the breakdown of costs for each version and ultimately a single ‘Total Cost/LB’ (or KG) for each BOM Version using the Cost Matrix per Version page. For more information, see Cost Breakdown in Matrix per Version.

1.5.56833.0
Dec 26, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#38835
When using the Production Unit of Measure in the Production scenario, the quantity for co-products is incorrectly calculated if you modify the Base Unit of Measure and the Unit of Measure setup for the main item on the Production BOM.
Hotfix
#53425
When using Create Consolidated Production Movement functionality to create production movement for the Directed Location, the results are not available.
Hotfix
#56207
When the Firm Planned Production Orders are created through Order Planning, the value in the Component Pick Method field is not correctly populated on the component lines of the Released Production Order.
Hotfix
#58595
An error occurs when finishing the production order that contains multi-component line work orders with co-products. To resolve this issue, you must upgrade the Integration Layer (ILY) and License Plating (LPL) extensions to the latest release.

2303.0.0.0
Dec 26, 2023

PRM

Feature
Consider Yield% for estimating the Input and Output Quantity per Batch, Quantity per, and Output Quantity per (WU) fields. For more information, see Yield Percentage on Production BOM lines.
Feature
Update the Location Code field based on the new Production Order created, selected Item, and Variant Code while creating a Released Production Order.
Feature
Determine the bin to be used for Production Order Components through the Open Shop Floor Bin Relations page. For more information, see Open Shop Floor Bin Relations.
Feature
Use the Refresh Production Order action for a Released Production Order to update the bin from the Open Shop Floor Relations page for the Production Order Components.

2303.1.0.0
Dec 26, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#160473
Warehouse entries are created despite the error regarding insufficient inventory while registering the Inventory Movement created from a consolidated pick.

2301.4.0.0
Dec 21, 2023

BOR

Hotfix
#163573
An incorrect shipment date is displayed in the notification when when performing the Move To New Sales Order action to move a sales order line associated with a transport route to a new sales order. Additionally, the notification appears even if the location on the sales order line and the customer card are the same.

1.1.97968.0
Dec 20, 2023

AWH

Hotfix
#116331
On the Location Card page, the Always Create Pick Line field is editable even though the Directed Put-away and Pick toggle is turned off.

2303.0.0.0
Dec 19, 2023

EDI

Feature

While executing the Process action on the EDI Messages page through the Aptean EDI 850 port, the Line Discount Amount field on the sales order line is determined as follows:

  • If both the AllowanceAmount/SAC05 and AllowancePercent/SAC07 fields have values on the EDI Messages page, the value from the AllowanceAmount/SAC05 field is inherited.
  • If the AllowanceAmount/SAC05 field is blank, the value from the AllowancePercent/SAC07 field is inherited.
  • If both the AllowanceAmount/SAC05 and AllowancePercent/SAC07 fields are blank, the value is calculated as the product of the Quantity and the AllowanceRate/SAC13 fields value.
Feature

When you perform the Send Invoice action on the Posted Sales Invoice card page, the system checks if the SAD_ALLOWANCE field on the EDI Port Options page within the Aptean 810 port is set to Yes. If this condition is met, the SAD values from the ServiceAllowanceChargeDetail section in the Aptean 850 port are updated to the Allowance Details section in the Aptean 810 port on the relevant EDI Messages page. Alternatively, if the SAD_ALLOWANCE field is set to No, the system follows the standard action.

Feature

When the Send Shipment action is executed on the Posted Sales Shipment card page, and there are multiple lots on the item tracking lines for the same item, the Lot and BatchDate fields on the ItemLevelRecord section are updated on the relevant EDI Messages page via Aptean EDI 856 port as follows:

  • If multiple lots have different quantity, the lot with the highest quantity is updated on the Lot field.
  • If multiple lots have same quantity, the first lot on the item tracking lines is updated on the Lot field.
  • The expiration date of the selected lot is updated in the BatchDate field.
Feature

You can create Sales Invoices through the Aptean EDI 850 port along with the Blanket Orders and Sales Orders when the POType_Header field on the EDI Messages page inherits the value as IV from the imported file while executing the Process action.

Feature

You can configure rounding precision using the Amount Rounding Precision and Unit-Amount Rounding Precision fields on the EDI Port Card and EDI Setup pages in addition to the settings on the General Ledger Setup page. The system prioritizes values on the EDI Port Card page. If no values are available, then the values from the EDI Setup page are considered. If values are not present on both pages, then the values from the General Ledger Setup page will be considered. The rounding precision is applied to the following fields of the mentioned port on the EDI Messages page:

Feature
You can exclude an item from displaying on all the Outbound EDI Messages by turning on the Exclude from Outbound EDI toggle on the desired Item Card. If the excluded item is to be made available for specific Outbound EDI ports, on the EDI Port Options page of the specific port, make the following changes:
  1. On the Codes Section, in the Code field, enter IGNORE_ITEM_EXCLUDE.
  2. In the Type field, select Boolean.
  3. On the Options section, in the Value field, enter yes.
Enhancement
An integration event has been added to override the ExpirationDate with UseByDate field on the integration of Aptean EDI with LinkFresh.
Enhancement
You can now edit the URL in the API URL field on the Aptean EDI One Setup page. If the request cannot be sent to EDI One due to an invalid URL, network connectivity issues, DNS failure, or timeout, an error message will appear stating this while receiving or sending EDI documents from/to EDI One.

2302.2.0.0
Dec 15, 2023

EDI

Hotfix
#158696
While processing the Aptean EDI 810 messages, the AllowanceCode field on the EDI Messages page is updated even when the Line Discount % and Line Amount Excl. VAT fields on the Posted Sales Invoice page are empty.
Hotfix
#160430
After processing the Aptean EDI 856 Consolidated messages, in the generated file The expected structure(ship, order, pack, item) is not displayed as the pack levels loop together instead displaying the items inside the pack and then followed by the items together. The Lot information is not displayed. The Pack Quantity is displayed as zero instead of the correct value.
Hotfix
#160506
After processing the Aptean EDI 855 message, on the EDI Messages page, The ShipNotBeforeDate format is not displayed as expected. The RequestedPickupDate is not correctly mapped to the Shipment Date field on the sales header. The QtyofChange and UMofQtyChange fields are not updated correctly as item unit of conversion is not working.

2312.0.0.0
Dec 14, 2023

CMG

Enhancement
The Create Batch Rent Invoices function on the Rental Agreements list page allows you to create invoices for a batch. Additionally, it displays the error log for the rental agreements where no invoices could be created and enables you to proceed with the next invoice creation.
Enhancement
The Interest Expense Account field on the Loan Categories page allows to update the No. field on the sales/purchase invoice lines based on the positive/negative value on the unit price field. The No. field will be updated with the specific G/L account numbers as explained below:
Enhancement
The Signature Date field on the Customer Contract, Loan, and Rental Agreement pages provides information about when the agreement was signed.
Enhancement
The Loan No. Series field on the Contract Management Setup page allows you to choose the number series for the loan.
Enhancement
You can generate rental invoices in batches using the specified filter criteria. In the event of any errors, the process does not stop but continues with the next loan which matches the filter criteria, while leaving the error notifications.
Enhancement
You can define the Global Dimension Codes and VAT PPG on the Rental Agreement lines which will have higher priority than set on the Customer Card and/or the General Ledger account.
Enhancement
The Invoice Amount Posted field on the Rent Invoice Buffer page is now updated when posting the Sales Credit Memos. It calculates and displays the sum of all the postings associated with Posted Sales Invoice and Posted Sales Credit Memo. This will automatically update the Invoice State as follows:
Enhancement
You can change the Unit Price on the Rental Agreement page when the Rental Line Status is New. The related lines on the Rent Invoice Buffer are updated with the modified Unit Price.
Enhancement
You can manage information about the objects available for rent to your customers with the Rent Category. To know more, see [Walkthrough: Rental Agreement with scheduled invoice].
Hotfix
#249122
An error occurs when the Create Loan Interest Invoice function is executed for a loan which is progress.
Hotfix
#249906
The Interest Invoice is not correctly calculated when the Loan Pay Out Date field on the respective Loan card page is left blank or filled in incorrectly.
Hotfix
#254876
Changing Customer Source No. on the Rental Agreement header does not automatically update the Bill-to/Pay-to fields on related Rent Lines, Rent Charge Lines and Purchase Charge Lines.
Hotfix
#148810
On the Rental Agreement page, the Bill-to/Pay-to field values are not updated correctly on the Rent Lines FastTab, and the associated invoices are posted with the incorrect Bill-to number.
Hotfix
#149056
Renaming the Rental Agreement No. does not automatically update the associated rent lines.

2301.6.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

AAT

2301.3.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

ACM

Hotfix
#163840
The tooltip of the Item Type field on the Standard Comments page does not provide the correct information.

2312.0.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

ALC

Hotfix
#150843
An unexpected notification appears indicating that the strength value is changed despite of no changes while executing the Change Strengths function. Also, when attempt to apply the changes, an error message appears on the reclassification journal to post the change.

2301.1.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

AWH

Hotfix
#163228
Unable to turn on/off the Always Create Pick Line toggle, even when the Bin Mandatory toggle on the corresponding Location Card page is turned on.

2302.1.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

IOV

Hotfix
#162541
Curated the Physical Inventory field caption and tooltip to remove erroneous spellings and for better readability.

2301.3.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

MWR

2302.1.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#152237
An error occurs when an item number is entered/scanned on the Item Identifier field in the MWR application, when the Receipt Bin Code field has no value on the Warehouse Receipt page in Business Central.

2301.6.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#153155
On the Sales and Purchase Order pages, the Completely Shipped and Completely Received fields are not updated correctly when performing the Set Outstanding Lines as Underdelivery action.
Hotfix
#159744
When performing the Set Outstanding Lines As Underdelivery action to update the Underdelivery checkbox on the Sales and Purchase Order pages, the corresponding Warehouse Shipments and Warehouse Receipts are not created.

2301.7.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#160421
Unable to register the Warehouse Picks when the Underdelivery checkbox is selected on the warehouse pick lines.

2301.0.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

QCA

Feature
Set up Quality Control Users, Teams, Units of Measure, Questions, Action Plans, and Triggers. To know more, see Setup.
Feature
Create and post Quality Control checks. To know more, see Quality control checks.
Feature
Create ad-hoc Quality Control checks. To know more, see Create ad-hoc quality control checks.
Feature
Migrate the existing data from the Aptean Quality Control (PowerApp) extension. To know more, see Migration from Aptean Quality Control (PowerApp).

2301.4.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

QCL

2304.2.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#159014
On the Shop Floor Production Time Entries page, regardless of the Shop Floor Control Status, the Change Time Entry action is enabled for a time entry of a finished production order.

2304.3.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#162517
When SHOPFLPRODBASICFDW is selected in the Permission Set field on the User Card page, and a user creates a production order and tries to change the status of the production order from Released to Finished, the system throws an error on the Released Production Order page.

2312.0.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

SPC

Enhancement
The Condition Date fields on the sales or purchase order enable you to define the conditions based on the order date or shipment date. This default setting can be changed per customer or vendor.
Enhancement
Separate Customer/Vendor Posting Groups can be defined for the periodic settlement documents.
Enhancement
The Hierarchical Pricing option in the Price Calculation Method field enables you to price the items by priority.
Enhancement
Changing the Condition date in the released order updates the prices and charges based on the Foundation Setup.
Enhancement
The Maximum Number of Rule Instances (per Member) field enables you to define the maximum number of promotions that could be sent to a customer.
Enhancement
A notification message will appear when you release a sales order with Mix & Match Promotion.
Enhancement
The Reason Mandatory for Condition Price Change toggle on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page allows you to specify the reason code when unit price or line amount fields are changed on the sales or purchase lines.
Enhancement
You can manually change the price on the attached condition line after shipment or receipt when the item has a reason code that allows it.
Enhancement
The Maximum Number of Rule Instances (per Rule) field on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule card and list page provides information about the maximum number of times the rule must be applied. Document lines for Return Orders or entries from credit memos are not included in it.
Enhancement
The No. of Ordered Rule Instances field on the Sales and Purchase Condition Rule Card and list page provides information about how many times the rule has been applied to non-posted sales and purchase order documents.
Hotfix
#248585
When posting the condition journal lines, it derives dimension values from item ledger or indirect sales entries and not from item charge codes or G/L accounts.
Hotfix
#248727
The sign calculation is incorrect for the Condition Periodic Settlement Journals when only a return order is posted in a period for net% conditions.
Hotfix
#254681
The Dimension field values on the item lines are not inherited to the attached sales and purchase condition lines.
Hotfix
#142686
An error occurs when attempting to delete an unposted item line that is added with another item line containing deposits.
Hotfix
#254957
The Quantity field on the Mix and Match selection page is wrongly inherited from the order line.
Hotfix
#142689
On shipping an order with a per document charge or discount, the per document lines are calculated and added twice.
Hotfix
#154650
While executing the Calculate Drink-it Lines action on the sales order with Released status, the discount values are not correctly calculated from the third line for the same item.
Hotfix
#155041
While executing the Calculate Filter Sets action, the filters are not processed correctly for extensive list of records or text strings.
Hotfix
#155047
The response time of the Sales and Purchase Condition pages is delayed due to the release and calculated related actions.
Hotfix
#155994
The Price Calculation Method field is displayed twice on the Sales & Receivables Setup page. The same occurs in the Customer/Vendor Card and Customer Price Group pages. Note: Depending on the availability of the feature, the standard field is visible, while the Drink-IT field is not visible.
Hotfix
#161375
The Mix & Match Promotion line is not created while executing the Release or Calculate Drink-it Lines action on the Sales Order card page.
Hotfix
#148722
The selected Mix & Match item was not updated after the changes on the Return Entry page.
Hotfix
#161896
While posting the warehouse shipment from the sales order, the charge lines are not posted.
Hotfix
#158975
Multiple errors occur when the Use Rule Filter Sets toggle on the Sales and Purchase Condition Setup page is turned on.
Hotfix
#158953
The Status field on the Condition Periodic Settlement Journals page get automatically updated with Status for all records. The value in the Unit Price field gets removed with Status Skipped.
Hotfix
#158956
The wrong sign is displayed in the Condition Sales Amount(Actual) field on the Condition Ledger Entries (Sales and Purchase) page for the Per Document charge records.
Hotfix
#161811
Performance issue occurs while releasing the purchase order despite of having no Sales and Purchase Condition Rules.

2301.1.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

SSC

2312.0.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

TAX

Enhancement
When an item is designated as free with Reason code that ignores Tax charges in a sales or purchase document, a line with a 100% discount is now added, ensuring tax charges are recorded in the relevant accounts.
Enhancement
The setup for Mixed Tax Locations has been improved to store the excise goods that can be bonded and non-bonded.
Hotfix
#250053
Upon reopening and modifying the customer of a previously released sales order, additional sales lines are added to account for taxes when the order is released again.
Hotfix
#256253
An error occurs when selecting the Auto Update Excise Type From Source checkbox while adding a bin in a Mixed Excise location.
Hotfix
#148698
When you create a warehouse shipment for an order with a duty paid customer, the warehouse shipment lines are updated with the incorrect excise type.
Hotfix
#152200
The Put-away Template is ignored while creating a Put-away document using the Put-away Worksheets in a tax mixed directed location.
Hotfix
#151353
An error occurs when selecting a value in the Receipt Bin Code field while the Excise Type field is empty on the selected Location Card.
Hotfix
#152206
An error occurs while moving the items from the Bonded Excise Type to the Tax Paid Excise Type if the Auto Update Excise Type from the Source checkbox is selected and the To bin content is empty.
Hotfix
#153722
The Excise Type field value is incorrectly updated on the Warehouse Shipment lines when a warehouse shipment is created from a sales order line for a record with Movement Type set to Untaxed and Inventoriable checkbox is selected.
Hotfix
#155694
While creating the Warehouse Put-away, the Maximum Cubage field value on the Location card is not considered.
Hotfix
#159468
An error occurs while executing the Undo Shipment action on the permission set.
Hotfix
#159469
The description of an item is not displayed on the Tax Duty BE Report page.
Hotfix
#159583
The system allows changing the Excise Type on the Bins page for the selected Location even when the bin is not empty.
Hotfix
#157034
The Excise Type field values for the associated bins on the Bins page are deleted when the Excise Type field value on the selected Location Card is changed from Mixed to blank.
Hotfix
#148271
An incorrect error message appears when the Auto Update Excise Type From Source checkbox is selected on the Bins page with the Excise Type field blank.
Hotfix
#148675
An error occurs when the Auto Update Excise Type From Source checkbox is selected and the Excise Type field is filled on the Bins page despite setting up mixed excise type on the associated Location.

2301.7.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#154575
When executing the Get Trade Accrual Entries function on the purchase invoice line, the system changes the VAT Prod Posting Group field value on the Item Charges page.
Hotfix
#160842
The tooltip of the Allocation Method field on the Trade Plan page does not provide the complete information.

2302.0.0.0
Dec 13, 2023

TMT

Feature
Issue the trade statements by retaining the dimension set ID only for the sales documents. For more information, see Issue trade statement.
Feature
Use the Retain Source Dimensions toggle to retain the dimensions from a trade statement line.
Feature
Access the Use default values from field on the Issue Trade Statements report page to include one or more saved settings to generate the report. For more information, see Report settings.
Feature
View the For Document Line Dimension Set ID, which holds the dimension set ID corresponding to the document line number associated with the trade statement line.

2301.3.0.0
Dec 12, 2023

APR

Hotfix
#154270
The performance issue occurs due to the constant validation of the Sales Line Update Influence field on the Advanced Pricing Setup page.

2301.4.0.0
Dec 12, 2023

ISS

2312.0.0.0
Dec 11, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#248356
The system allows registering lines on the Return Entry page even if the Status field of the sales or purchase order is Open.
Hotfix
#250054
Upon reopening and modifying the customer of a previously released sales order, additional sales lines are added to account for deposits when the order is released again.
Hotfix
#145267
Lines from the recurring sales lines are not added automatically. An error occurs while adding the lines manually on the Return Entry page.
Hotfix
#161771
An error occurs while opening the Return Entry page from the Route Planning Worksheet page.

2301.6.0.0
Dec 08, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#161404
An error occurs when entering the customer number in a sales order with an assigned route, specifically in the Dutch (Netherlands) and Dutch (Belgium) versions.
Hotfix
#159888
An error occurs when attempting to post the Transport Order from the Transport Orders list page.

2302.2.0.0
Dec 07, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#154707
An error occurs when attempting to change a Production Order status to Finished. This error is due to existing reservations on other documents, despite all components being set as backflushed, having no reservation entries, and having sufficient stock available in the bin with Lot Tracking turned on.

2301.4.0.0
Dec 07, 2023

TRA

2301.5.0.0
Dec 07, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#164066
Upon upgrading the TRA extension to Business Central version 23, the system fails to trigger the upgrade code. Upon turning on the Enable Trip No. Feature toggle on the Transport Setup page, the system fails to set upgrade tags accurately.

1.10.92682.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

1.12.104941.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

Hotfix
#120770
When the Manual Discount action is used to update the Discount Value field on the Applied Sales Price and Discount page of the selected Sales Order, the existing record on the Document Trade Lines is deleted.

1.4.49678.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

Hotfix
#32951
The Quantity Expressed in BOX and Quantity Expressed in the UOM fields are not editable when creating new Item Units of Measure.

1.7.65829.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

Hotfix
#52478
When Super Permission and Indirect Permission are set for all the Apps for the user, an error occurs while accessing the Lines FastTab on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#60116
In the Price Calculation Method field, the Food Pricing option is present on the Vendors, Customers, Sales and Purchase documents.

1.8.76923.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

Hotfix
#87613
If the string length of Customer Discount Group field is more than 10, then the Line Discount % is not updated in the sales order line.

2301.2.0.0
Dec 06, 2023

APR

1.1.83209.0
Dec 05, 2023

GRR

Hotfix
#101190
When creating a posted purchase invoice for a purchase order with multiple lines, only the first line is retrieved, which leads to an incorrect update of the quantity invoiced on the purchase order line.

2301.4.0.0
Dec 05, 2023

LBL

1.10.50899.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#54935
Cannot match Item tracking when over receiving and auto-assigning lot numbers through Mobile Warehouse Registration.

1.11.58592.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Feature
Add the Over & Underdelivery Reason Codes for document lines having over or underdelivery. For more details, see here.
Feature
Customize whether the Over & Underdelivery Reason Code is required for each customer. If the Over & Underdelivery Reason Code is set as mandatory on the customer card, the system throws an error when posting the sales order/warehouse shipment. For more details, see here.
Feature
Set document lines having zero quantity to underdelivery. For more details, see here.
Feature
Set outstanding document lines to underdelivery, with the introduction of an action button. For more details, see here.
Hotfix
#46952
Underdelivery Set in Warehouse Shipment Line does not result in Sales Line updates, when warehouse pick is deleted or partially registered.
Hotfix
#46954
Sales Order does not delete upon Post Invoice despite all lines having zero outstanding quantity.
Hotfix
#50382
Underdelivery Boolean updates multiple Pick lines yet Variance does not update and lines do not delete on 'Register'.

1.11.62427.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

1.13.66067.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#72641
An error occurs if the value entered in the Qty. to Receive field on the Warehouse Receipt is higher than the Quantity received from the Purchase Order. But, the entered Qty. to Receive value is within 50% of the value entered in the Allowed % Underdelivery and Allowed % Overdelivery fields on the Item Card.
Hotfix
#81902
When selecting the Set Outstanding Lines as Underdelivery function, the system does not update the Outstanding Amount on the Sales Order, and Purchase Order.
Hotfix
#74803
The Warehouse Receipt page closes due to an error while entering decimal values in the Qty. to Receive field. The Warehouse receipts cannot be posted for the quantities entered in decimal values.

1.14.83512.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#93238
An error message is displayed while posting a partial purchase invoice.

1.15.86894.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#94447
While posting the Warehouse Receipt with the Underdelivery toggle enabled, the order is not reported as completely received and it is still displayed on the Shop Floor Activities page.

1.16.92525.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#110864
While searching, the Set Outstanding Lines As Underdelivery page is displayed in the Report and Analysis section.

1.21.112420.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#139013
If the Qty. to Handle field on the Lines FastTab of the Warehouse Pick page has a decimal value, an error occurs while performing the Register Pick action.

2301.5.0.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUD

2301.1.0.0
Dec 05, 2023

OUP

2301.1.0.0
Dec 05, 2023

PCR

2301.2.0.0
Dec 05, 2023

TRB

Enhancement
Filter on Customer Profile if the Aptean Profiles extension is installed.
Enhancement
Filter on Grower if the Aptean Lot Management extension is installed.
Enhancement
Filter on Producer Certificate if Aptean Producer Certification extension is installed.

2301.5.0.0
Dec 04, 2023

AAT

2302.1.0.0
Dec 04, 2023

EDI

2301.6.0.0
Dec 04, 2023

LMT

23.500.106726.0
Dec 04, 2023

LOG

Hotfix
#246563
Status change to loaded on sales order not correct
Hotfix
#245890
Enable moving routes by external system
Hotfix
#245742
Process No Backorder should update the logistic status of the sales order
Hotfix
#245560
Reschedule License Plates - Transport validations on shipment Bin
Hotfix
#243871
Sales header error when changing the LP Status by AOW
Hotfix
#243264
Block delete route if route is used in master data and/or documents
Hotfix
#244158
Shipment dates - error when creating in foreign language
Hotfix
#243209
Suspend status check on changing route in route planning worksheet on multiple order route

20.202205.0.0
Dec 04, 2023

MFB

Feature
Select Current bin if you want to get the oldest lot within the selected bin for a component line.
Feature
Select All bins in this location when you want to get the oldest lot in the location. It will update the bin code if the oldest lot is in another bun than the current one. it will split the component line if the required quantity is not available in one bin, but in multiple.

2301.3.0.0
Dec 04, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#163472
While posting an order document with more than fifty order lines, the error message is not displayed as expected due to the exceeding variable character limit.

2301.3.0.0
Dec 01, 2023

CIC

Hotfix
#157881
Upon inserting line items on Sales Order via Item Catalog function, the system fails to display the notifications in the mentioned scenarios: Insufficient InventoryExceeded Credit limit.
Hotfix
#162235
Upon posting a Sales Order with the Item Catalog Mandatory toggle enabled and the Customer Item Catalog configured, the system delays the posting, resulting in degrading performance.

2301.6.0.0
Nov 30, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#158196
An error occurs when mixed license plates are moved from one license plate-tracked location to another using a Transfer Order.

2302.0.0.0
Nov 30, 2023

MWR

2304.1.0.0
Nov 30, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#163432
The permission sets are not correctly configured, preventing the installation of the extension for the first time.

2301.5.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

LMT

Hotfix
#156309
When creating a purchase order via the Subcontracting Worksheets page, the system assigns a lot number to the purchase order resulting in an error.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#158855
An error occurs while performing the Warehouse Pick activity when a pre-existing License Plate No. is assigned to the remaining quantities associated with the partial pick and the Always Create Pick Line toggle is enabled on the corresponding Location Card page.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#157418
An error occurs when registering the pick document for which the Qty. to Ship is 0 and the Underdelivery checkbox is selected on the associated Warehouse Shipment.

2302.1.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#157025
An error occurs while running the Create Consolidate Production Movement report for an item with a license plate tracked Location Code.

2301.1.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#159157
Upon adding overtime entries on the Shop Calendar Working Days page, the system fails to register all the entries on the Calendar Entries page.

2304.0.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

SFP

2301.2.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

STM

Hotfix
#154268
Performance issues occur when attempting to fetch the Status Description field value on the following pages: Customer Card Customers list Vendor Card Vendors list Item Card Items list Purchase and Sales documents

2301.2.0.0
Nov 29, 2023

VIC

2301.2.0.0
Nov 28, 2023

CIC

2301.0.0.0
Nov 28, 2023

IFB

Feature
Integration of the publisher app's dependency into every Test App, enhancing the setup process for test permissions and refining its functionality.
Feature
Extending the publisher app's dependency across Activate, Accelerate, and Advanced bundles for each core application, facilitating seamless subscription purposes within these bundles.

2301.0.0.0
Nov 28, 2023

PRO

Feature
Define specific criteria that are applicable to items and lots when selected in a sales order.
Feature
Set inclusions and exclusions for profiles, which apply to elements like items, growers, certificates, and global lot attributes.
Feature
Assign profiles to customers and apply them to sales orders, or you can directly assign a profile on the sales order page, regardless of the profiles assigned to the associated customer.
Feature
Filter the lot numbers associated with the elements pertinent to the specific profiles.
Feature
Validate the release of sales orders and posting of sales shipments, warehouse shipments, and inventory picks to comply with the assigned profile and the configurations specified on the Profile Setup page.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 28, 2023

SFL

Hotfix
#157305
The Logistical Date-Time field on the Shop Floor Activities page is populating inaccurate dates by considering the non-working days from the Base Calendar.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 23, 2023

BOR

Hotfix
#159752
While executing the Move to Existing Order action on the Backorder Management List page, the values in the Shipment Variance and Completely Shipped fields on the selected Sales Order page are not updated correctly. Additionally, the Qty. to Ship field value is editable, even when the Underdelivery checkbox is selected.

2302.0.0.0
Nov 23, 2023

EDI

Feature
When the Send Pick action is executed on the Warehouse Shipment card page with multiple lots on the item tracking lines for the same item, the CaseLotNumber and ExpirationDate fields are updated on the relevant EDI Messages page via Aptean EDI 940 port as follows:
  • If the multiple lots have
    • different quantity, the lot with highest quantity is updated.
    • same quantity, the first lot on the item tracking lines is updated.
  • The expiration date of the selected lot is updated.
Feature
You can perform the Validate API call only when EDI files are available while executing the Receive All action on the EDI Port Card page for the Aptean850 and Aptean810 port codes. If the EDI file is empty, then the execution will exit before the Validate API call.
Feature
When the Send Receipt action is executed on the Warehouse Receipt card page created from the Transfer Order/Sales Return Order/Purchase Order, the following fields are updated on the EDI Messages page via Aptean EDI 943 port:
Hotfix
#154353
When re-executing the Send Invoice action on the Posted Sales Invoice page, selecting No for the confirmation message sends the EDI messages through Aptean 826 EDI port.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 23, 2023

ISS

Hotfix
#161483
During the installation of the Activate Bundle, the Aptean Inspection Status extension requires the Aptean Process Manufacturing extension to be installed.

2301.6.0.0
Nov 22, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#161423
An error occurs when creating a sales order if an item associated with a Trade Plan is selected in the No. field on the sales line.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 21, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#160528
An error occurs when attempting to select the Underdelivery checkbox on the purchase order line that has an outstanding quantity and assigned item tracking.

2302.1.0.0
Nov 20, 2023

CLA

2301.1.0.0
Nov 20, 2023

EDI

Feature
You can create or update the warehouse receipts based on the values in the Vendor Shipment No. field using the Aptean EDI 856 Purch port.
Feature
You can create Item Journal line by importing the inbound file using the Aptean EDI 947 port.
Feature
The RequestedPickupDate and ShipNotBeforeDate fields on the EDI Messages page are updated with Requested Delivery Date and Shipment Date fields on the Sales Order page respectively using the Aptean EDI 855 port.
Feature
While executing the Send Shipment action on the Posted Sales Shipment page, the value in the Appt. Reference No. field is updated in the JCPLoadControl field on the relevant EDI Messages page via Aptean EDI 856 consolidated port.
Feature
While executing the Copy EDI Port action on the selected EDI Port Card page, the XSD File is also updated along with all the other values to the newly duplicated EDI Port.
Hotfix
#151209
When the CONSOLIDATE_CHARGES option is processed with APTEAN810 as the EDI Port Code on the EDI Port Options page, the Price field value is not updated correctly.

2301.1.0.0
Nov 17, 2023

COD

Hotfix
#154695
Processing issue occurs due to the temporary data being considered during document creation.

2301.5.0.0
Nov 17, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#156549
Performance issue occurs due to the temporary data being considered during trade plan calculation.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#154269
Performance issue occurs when displaying attributes on the Customers list page with the Promoted checkbox selected.
Hotfix
#155107
An error occurs while executing the Get Posted Document Lines to Reverse action on the Sales Return Order with multiple license plates in a single lot.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

ACM

Hotfix
#155691
Performance issues occur when displaying the sales comments on the Sales documents.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

CAW

Hotfix
#155607
Certain pages that display item information experience suboptimal performance.

2301.1.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

CIC

Hotfix
#154272
The ShowSalesLineNotification function within the PrivateLabel Codeunit leads to unusually long run-time, causing performance issues when dealing with a large number of records, specifically 750 or more.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

ISS

Hotfix
#157411
On the Lot No. Information List page, the system fails to display the Next Follow-up Date when the Item Type is set to Item Attribute on the Default Inspection Status for the associated Release Production Order.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

NCF

Hotfix
#156197
An error occurs when opening a Microsoft Teams channel, specifically created for the customer or vendor whose name ends with a period, preventing access to the linked SharePoint folder.

2302.0.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

PRM

2301.1.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

PSC

Hotfix
#154573
When changing the production scenario with a lot number assigned, the system updates the production scenario code, routing number, and production BOM number on the production order line.

2302.2.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

REP

Hotfix
#156742
The system displays the Document Date in an incorrect format upon running the Sales Order Confirmation report.

2303.0.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

SFP

Feature
You can view the failure code and failure texts associated with the released production order. The value is inherited from the PowerApps and synced across associated pages.
Feature
You can manually create time entries for released production order on the BC Time Entries page. To know more, see Shop Floor Production Time Entries.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 15, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#148309
The Reversed checkbox on the Trade Accrual Entries page is incorrectly selected when entries are closed post-invoicing.

2301.5.0.0
Nov 10, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#154574
The Move License Plates action on the License Plates page is not working when an item with a Variant Code is used.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 10, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#153666
When handling multiple sales orders with different quantities of items on the Warehouse Pick, an error occurs on the Pick screen in the MWR application when scanning the license plate number.
Hotfix
#154807
When handling multiple sales orders with different quantities of items on the Warehouse Pick, an error occurs on the Move screen in the MWR application when scanning the license plate number.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 10, 2023

SFL

2301.1.0.0
Nov 09, 2023

ISS

2301.4.0.0
Nov 09, 2023

PAC

2301.3.0.0
Nov 09, 2023

QCL

2301.3.0.0
Nov 08, 2023

AAT

2301.0.0.0
Nov 08, 2023

PFP

Feature
Create family profile and assign it to an existing family. For more information, see Create a family profile and Create family profile assignment.
Feature
Use the source type as Family to create a Production Order.
Feature
Copy the Items on the Family Component Lines to the Family Profile Component Lines.
Feature
Add attributes to the items added on the Lines and Component Lines on the Family and Family Profile pages. For more information, see Aptean Advanced Attributes integration into families.
Feature
Create production document with attributes in Families.

2301.0.0.0
Nov 07, 2023

RMR

Feature
Setup the Resource Multiplier field to automatically update the unit cost per value on the routing and associated pages. To know more, see Resource Multiplier on Routing page.
Feature
Modify the Unit Cost per field value for the selected work center which automatically updates all the routing lines associated to the work center. To know more, see Update Routing Lines action.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 06, 2023

LPL

1.12.118965.0
Nov 03, 2023

LBL

2301.3.0.0
Nov 03, 2023

LBL

2302.0.0.0
Nov 03, 2023

aptean-ship

Feature
Set up the Shipping Agent Code and Shipping Agent Service Code values directly on the Warehouse Shipment card page. To know more see, Shipping Batch.
Feature
Perform the Shipping Batch and Add Freight and Handling actions on the released sales order page without the approval through workflow process.
Hotfix
#152024
The Lot No. field value is not populated on the Package page. While creating the package, when multiple lots are available and if the Qty. to Pack is less than the Outstanding Qty. to Pick, the Item Tracking Dialog box does not appear to enter the preferred lot.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#156302
The performance time for price calculation was longer than expected.
Hotfix
#152348
Selection of lot numbers is allowed on the Item Tracking page of a sales order, even when the attributes do not match those specified for the item on the sales order line.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

BOR

Hotfix
#154476
An error occurs on the Backorder Management List page while executing the Move To New Order action during the creation of sales order with standard sales lines.

2302.0.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

CLA

Feature
Spilt quantity over lots on the Claims documents. For more information, see Splitting quantity over lots.
Feature
View the posted item tracking lines on the Claims documents. For more information, see To create sales claim from posted Shipments.

2302.0.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

GRR

Feature
Set up a default cost template that automatically selects the appropriate cost template for allocation during settlement calculations.
Feature
Create the settlement directly from the purchase order. For more information, see Creating settlement from the purchase order.
Feature
Integrate this extension with the Aptean Advanced Workflow extension, which enables you to set up the workflows to automate and streamline various tasks and processes in this extension.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

ILY

2301.4.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

ILY

Enhancement
Enhancement

2302.0.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

IOV

Feature
Set up filters to search items to check their availability and projected availability. To learn more, see Inventory projected availability setup.
Feature
Search specific item or group of items to check their available and projected availability. To learn more about more, see Inventory projected availability.
Feature
Access the Trading Board page from the Inventory Projected Availability page. To learn more, see Access the trading board.
Feature
Access the item Inventory Overview page from the Inventory Projected Availability page. To learn more, see Access the item inventory overview.

2301.4.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

LMT

2301.1.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

NCF

2301.2.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#153146
On the Purchase Order page, the system doesn't allow the execution of the Set Outstanding Lines as Underdelivery function if the purchase order contains line items with Type G/L Account.

2301.0.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

PCA

Feature
Setup the production cost apportionment to ensure accurate and fair cost distribution across products, processes, or departments. For more information, see Production Cost Apportionment Setup.
Feature
Setup production cost apportionment Items. For more information, see Production Cost Apportionment Items.
Feature
Specify the cost apportionment factor at the item level to precisely define how purchase value and cost of producing or assembling is to be distrusted to all the possible output items of a production order. For more information, see Setup item for Production Cost Apportionment.
Feature
Calculate the cost apportionment ratio for the posted output quantities. For more information, see Production Order Registration: Create Output Line.
Feature
Create the item ledger entries lines for the posted consumption, on finishing a production order. For more information, see Reversing and revising consumption entries on finishing a production order.

2301.2.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

QCL

Hotfix
#154273
Certain key combinations were missing in the QualityAlertFDW table.

2302.2.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#153987
Upon deletion of the work center, the system still reflects the information associated with it.

2301.1.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

STM

Hotfix
#154639
On the Sales Order page, the response time is longer to turn off the Customer Credit Limit is Exceeded toggle even when the Credit Amount field value on the selected Customer Card is empty.

2301.3.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#149767
On the Sales Order page, the Line Amount Excl.VAT value is populated in the Exc. Tax (LYC) field and the discount is re-applied on Discounts (LYC) field on the Sales Trade Cost Summary page, leading to the double calculation of the discount.
Hotfix
#139625
On the Vendor Card page, when the Recurring Purchase Lines is set to Automatic for Insert Rec. Lines on Quotes, Insert Rec. Lines on Orders, Insert Rec. Lines on Invoices, Insert Rec. Lines on Cr. Memos, and Insert Rec. Lines on Return Entry, the Document Trade Lines do not get inherited on the associated Purchase Order page.On the Customer Card page, when the Recurring Sales Lines is set to Automatic for Insert Rec. Lines on Quotes, Insert Rec. Lines on Orders, Insert Rec. Lines on Invoices, and Insert Rec. Lines on Cr. Memos, the Document Trade Lines do not get inherited on the associated Sales Order page.

2301.1.0.0
Nov 01, 2023

TRB

Hotfix
#155720
Unable to enter the Lot No. manually on the Item Tracking Lines of the Sales Return Order.

2312.0.0.0
Oct 30, 2023

FND

Enhancement
The Aptean Beverage Foundation Management extension includes Finnish localization, making it accessible to the Finnish market.
Enhancement
The Apply Per Posting Group toggle on the Application FastTab of the Drink-IT Foundation Setup page allows you to specify if you can post a document or journal line with multiple posting groups for a customer/vendor.
Enhancement
The Skip Sales Approved Amount Approval Requests toggle on the Application FastTab of the Drink-IT Foundation Setup page allows the approval workflow to be skipped when the earlier approved amount on the sales document is greater than or equal to the new amount.
Hotfix
#246454
Unable to release the sales/purchase order due to new line numbering on inserting extended texts.
Hotfix
#249641
An error occurs when the Create Corrective Financial Invoice action is executed for the posted invoices that are not linked to shipment.
Hotfix
#243047
The Sales Order Overdue Approval Workflow (Drink-IT Foundation) and the Sales Order Credit Limit Approval Workflow on the Workflows page are not enabled at the same time.
Hotfix
#143535
An error occurs while executing the Create Corrective Financial Invoice action when the Posting Date is not in the allowed range specified on the General Ledger Setup or User Setup page.
Hotfix
#158934
The filter on Item No. does not function correctly when calculating prices on the Gross Net Price List page.
Hotfix
#160344
The Calculate Drink-it Lines function is incorrectly located under Related > Documents instead of being available in Actions > Functions on the action bar of the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#160877
An error occurs while opening the Return Entry page from the Route Planning Worksheet page.
Hotfix
#152369
An error occurs while filtering the items by recurring sales lines on the Gross Net Price List page.
Hotfix
#158929
Performance issue occurs due to prolonged running queries in teh telemetry system with an Update Lock.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 26, 2023

EXM

2301.3.0.0
Oct 26, 2023

IOV

2301.3.0.0
Oct 26, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#150283
When the lot number is changed on the Take line through the Warehouse Pick function, the specific lot number is also updated on the associated Place line.
Hotfix
#142618
When there is an excessive number of license plates (e.g., 50,000 license plates), the License Plate Overview page becomes unresponsive.
Hotfix
#154703
On the Warehouse Entries page, the system displayed incorrect Lot No., resulting in data discrepancy.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 25, 2023

ILY

2302.1.0.0
Oct 25, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#155793
Installation of the SFP extension for the first time was unsuccessful due to the absence of a required Role ID.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 24, 2023

MWR

Enhancement
Aptean Mobile Warehouse Registration Google Play Store release For more information, see What's new in version 1.15.125184.0.
Enhancement
Aptean Lot Management You can transfer the vendor lot number and production date to the item tracking lines. For more information, see Integration of Lot Management.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

APR

Enhancement
Aptean Reporting
Enhancement
Aptean Claims

2301.2.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

CAW

2301.0.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

CLA

Feature
Change the way the claim line amounts are calculated on the Purchase/Sales Claim page.
Feature
Change the units of measure for items in the claims documents to differ from those on the source document.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

EDI

Hotfix
#152023
During the automatic job queue process, the tax-related information of the posted sales invoice associated with Aptean826 (Invoice Taxes EDI Port Code) EDI port is not exported through EDI messages.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

POD

Hotfix
#154186
A conflict occurs in this extension due to the shared use of the same object-ID among multiple extensions.

2301.0.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

PRM

2301.0.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

REP

2301.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

REP

Hotfix
#142174
The fields are not translated correctly when generating reports by selecting multiple documents with different language codes.

2302.0.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

REP

Feature
Purchase Return Order
Feature
Outbound Transfer

2302.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

REP

Hotfix
#152474
While generating multiple reports, the catch weight details of total net weight and total gross weight are not updated correctly in the Sales Pro Forma Invoice reports. While generating multiple reports, the packaging details of delivery and returned quantity are not updated correctly in the Sale Credit Memo reports.

2302.0.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

SFP

2301.2.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#154190
A conflict occurs in this extension due to the shared use of the same object-ID as the Aptean Weigh Scale extension.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#151806
When the Ship-to field is filled on the Sales Order page, the Sell-to Address value is applied to the corresponding transport documents.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

VIC

Hotfix
#151136
A conflict occurs in this extension due to the shared use of the same object-ID as the Aptean Expiration Management extension.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 18, 2023

aptean-ship

Hotfix
#148047
The Line Amount Excl. Tax field values on the Sales Order lines are not updated correctly for Freight and Handling.
Hotfix
#147071
The Tracking No. field value is not populated on the Packaging Details lines for LTL Shipments.
Hotfix
#151549
After posting the shipment, the Tracking No. field value is not updated on the Sales Order page.
Hotfix
#148043
The addition of an integration event for a customer in BC18 does not get updated to all versions.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 17, 2023

AAT

2301.1.0.0
Oct 17, 2023

APMOEE

Hotfix
#152022
The APM OEE Asset and APM OEE Output per Minute fields are missing on the Firm Planned Production Order/Released Production Order lines when a Production Order is created from the Planning Worksheet.

2301.3.0.0
Oct 17, 2023

LMT

Hotfix
#152182
The space in the Fixed value on the Lot. No Profile page is ignored when inheriting the Lot No. field value on the Item Tracking Lines page.
Hotfix
#151971
An error occurs on the Purchase Order page when an Alternate Vendor Address Code is selected for an item with no Item Tracking Code. This issue also occurs when the Country/Region is changed.

2301.3.0.0
Oct 17, 2023

PAC

Enhancement
Aptean Reporting
Enhancement

2301.1.0.0
Oct 17, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#145774
While running the Create Consolidated Production Movement report for the Released Production Order, the Inventory Movement line is created for a single lot, even though multiple lots exist in the same bin. This issue occurs when using Item Reclassification Journals to move the inventory to a different bin and then relocate it back to the original bin.
Hotfix
#150487
The Consumption Journal lines are created incorrectly after running the Calculate Consolidated Consumption report. Subsequently, when you post the Consumption Journal for the consolidated consumption item, the system fails to generate negative item weight ledger entries; as a result, the Inventory (KG) field displays inaccurate quantity on the Items page.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 16, 2023

CHP

2301.0.0.0
Oct 16, 2023

GTR

Feature
Assign the goods to the container loads to allocate them within the shipping containers and associate them with the journey. For more information, see Container Loads.
Feature
Create journeys, assign container loads to the journeys and track the entire process from the destination point to the arrival destination. For more information, see Journeys.
Feature
Assign the in-transit location for the containers being transported in the journey.
Feature
Assign numbers for the new journeys and container loads.
Feature
Assign the receipt location in which the received items are stored during the loading process of containers into the vessel.
Feature
Choose the mode of transportation for delivering the goods in the vessel.
Feature
Use standard carrier alpha code to identify the shipping agent.
Feature
Create data exchange definitions directly from the Manifest and customize them to meet your specific requirements.
Feature
Flexibly arrange the columns of the manifest, using the Manifest Field Mappings function, in any order you prefer to match the layout of the manifest file you intend to import.
Feature
Set up translations for values on the manifest file that need to be imported into system values.
Feature
Create a journey directly from the manifest, along with the associated purchase orders and container loads.
Feature
View the unmodified values that are extracted directly from the imported manifest file without undergoing any translation on the Original Manifest Lines FastTab.
Feature
Ensure that the GTIN value on the manifest file matches the value on the relevant Item Card page or the Item References Entries page.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 16, 2023

LBL

Hotfix
#151201
An error occurs while executing the Print Labels action on the Item Tracking Lines page of the Warehouse Shipment created for a Transfer Order with Transfer Order No. exceeding 10 characters. This issue also occurs in Production Orders.

2301.1.0.0
Oct 13, 2023

ILY

Enhancement
Aptean Claims
Enhancement
Enhancement
Aptean Reporting

2301.2.0.0
Oct 13, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#149102
An error occurs while performing the Undo Receipt action on the Posted Purchase Receipt page for non-license plate tracked items.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 12, 2023

IOV

Hotfix
#151290
The Quantity field on the Inventory Overview page displays an incorrect value. Additionally, the response time is longer while executing the Refresh Overview function.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 11, 2023

IWO

2301.1.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

ACM

2301.1.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

BOR

2301.1.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

EXC

Hotfix
#142454
An error occurs during the synchronization of products with Microsoft Shopify Connector.
Hotfix
#136934
An error occurs when posting The shipment for the sales order linked to the drop shipment. The receipt for the purchase order linked to the drop shipment.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

EXC

2301.0.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

GRR

Feature
Access the Advance Payment Allocation page to get insight into existing advance payments for your vendors, in local and vendor currencies. For more information, see Overview of Advance Payment Allocations.
Feature
Generate credit memo documents from the settlements to reconcile previously posted advance payment purchase invoices with specific account sales advance payments.
Feature
Generate the purchase invoices for the third-party commissioner. For more information, see Creation of the invoice.
Feature
View detailed information about sales claims (sales price corrections or sales return orders) in the Claims section on the Account Sale page. For more information, see Claims in account sale.

2301.2.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

PAC

2301.1.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#140293
On the Vendor Card page, while creating a new Purchase Order with Recurring Purchase Lines selected as Automatic, an error occurs on the Purchase Order page. On the Customer Card page, while creating a new Sales Order with Recurring Sales Lines selected as Automatic, an error occurs on the Sales Order page.

2301.0.0.0
Oct 04, 2023

WBR

Feature
Assign a Scale Code to the Weighbridge Ticket page. The Scale Code is inherited from the Location Scale Integration Setup page. To know more, see Scale integration location setup.
Feature
Retrieve the weight from the electronic scale for the defined scales.

2301.0.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

CIC

2301.1.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

IOV

2301.1.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

IWO

2301.2.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

LMT

2301.1.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

LPL

2301.1.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

SFL

2301.0.0.0
Oct 03, 2023

VIC

2301.1.0.0
Sep 29, 2023

OUD

2301.1.0.0
Sep 29, 2023

SFP

Enhancement

Set default scales for machine and work centers.

Enhancement

Monitor weigh scale entries for released production orders.

2301.1.0.0
Sep 29, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#148486
The values are not displayed in the Floor Space Type fields on the General FastTab of the Transport Order and Posted Transport Order pages.

2301.1.0.0
Sep 28, 2023

CAW

2301.1.0.0
Sep 28, 2023

LMT

Hotfix
#148658
An error occurs while reclassifying an item with lot origin details in the item reclassification journal.

2301.1.0.0
Sep 28, 2023

PAC

2301.0.0.0
Sep 28, 2023

WSC

Feature
Configure default scales for warehouse receipt and shipment documents.
Feature
Register activities associated with the weigh scale.
Feature
Assign default scales for work centers and machine centers.

2301.1.0.0
Sep 27, 2023

LBL

Enhancement
Warehouse Employee
Enhancement
Location Code
Enhancement
Bin Code
Enhancement
Work Center
Hotfix
#149745
While printing labels, the system fails to display the correct printer code mapped to the relevant work center.

2301.0.0.0
Sep 27, 2023

MWR

Enhancement
On the Mobile Profile Setup page, on the General FastTab, if the Profile and Page fields are set to WMS and Receipt codes respectively, Show "Ignore Parsing" Barcode Button is set to No by default. When you change it to Yes, the Ignore Parsing toggle will be displayed on the Receive page in the MWR application.
Enhancement
Parsing by default is set to Yes by default. When you change it to No, the system will ignore the GS1 Bar Code parsing process.
Enhancement
When the Ignore Parsing toggle is turned on, the GS1 EAN barcode parsing or any other additional processing is bypassed and the entered barcode value is used.

2.6.119549.0
Sep 27, 2023

SFP

2301.0.0.0
Sep 27, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#149242
An error occurs while releasing the purchase order or purchase return order with the French (Belgium) fr-BE language setting, as the date formulas are not translated.

2301.0.0.0
Sep 26, 2023

CAW

Feature
Use the Undo Receipt and Undo Return Receipt action for Catch Weight items on the Posted Purchase Receipt and Posted Return Receipt pages. For more information, see To undo the weight quantity on the posted purchase receipt.
Feature
Update the unit price for the Catch Weight item automatically on the sales documents while running the Get Shipment Lines function. For more information, see Automatic unit price adjustment for catch weight items.
Feature
Use the Catch Weight items if the following setup is done on the Warehouse FastTab of the Location Card.
  • The Require Receive, Require Shipment, and Require Pick toggles are turned on.

1.10.119117.0
Sep 25, 2023

LIM

2.18.118927.0
Sep 22, 2023

AAT

Enhancement
Sales Orders
Enhancement
Warehouse Shipments
Enhancement
Purchase Orders
Enhancement
Purchase Lines
Enhancement
Purchase Invoices
Enhancement
Purchase Receipts
Enhancement
Warehouse Receipts
Enhancement
Production Orders
Enhancement
Production BOMs
Enhancement
Transfer Orders
Enhancement
Posted Transfer Shipments
Enhancement
Posted Transfer Receipts

1.14.119061.0
Sep 20, 2023

APR

1.35.118749.0
Sep 20, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#146879
The Net Quantity (Base) field value is not rounded correctly for both catch weight and non-catch weight items on the Consumption Reallocation Item lines of the Released Production Order. This leads to inaccurate rounded values in the Normative Consumption and Consumption Pro Rata fields on the Consumption Reallocation Item lines of the Finished Production Order.

1.27.119127.0
Sep 20, 2023

TMT

1.9.117563.0
Sep 19, 2023

COD

Feature
Navigate to the posted sales/purchase order from the Posted Purchase/Sales Compliance Documents list page by selecting the link in the Source No. field.
Feature
View the compliance documents to approve for all purchase/sales orders listed on a Warehouse Receipt/Shipment page by selecting the Purchase/Sales Compliance Documents to Approve field.

1.15.117793.0
Sep 19, 2023

ISS

Hotfix
#142165
An error occurs while creating an Inventory Movement for a released production order on the Create Consolidated Production Movement page.

1.30.117101.0
Sep 19, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#142151
On the Mobile Setup page, the Tenant ID and URL values are not updated on the Login Credentials FastTab for newly created companies. The Tenant ID and URL QR codes are not printed on the report when the Client ID is empty.

1.1.117756.0
Sep 14, 2023

ASR

1.26.117850.0
Sep 14, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#121205
The Eligible Base field value is not calculated correctly when the Rate Type is set to Percentage with Line Amount on the Document Trade Lines page.

1.35.117069.0
Sep 13, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#146049
The Production Scenarios list page is accessible from the Search icon.

1.34.116615.0
Sep 08, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#144890
When the Flushing Method is set to Backward on the Prod. Order Components page, the system fails to update the order based on the associated Bin Content, resulting in an error.

2.17.116167.0
Sep 06, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#140621
When turning the Blocked toggle on for a global lot attribute that is in use, the system allows it and fails to display the error message.

1.13.116148.0
Sep 06, 2023

APR

Enhancement
Recreate the sales lines based on the price group and discount group defined in the header level.
Enhancement
Update the existing price group and discount groups of the sales header associated with the defined address.

1.0.115519.0
Sep 06, 2023

ASR

Feature
Add Items on the Lines FastTab in the source documents by searching the items using Search Description. To learn more, see Search items using search description.
Feature
Add Items on the Lines FastTab in the source documents by searching the items by matching the numeric characters. To learn more, see Search items using item number.
Feature
Use search name to add Vendor on the Purchase documents. To learn more, see Search vendor using search name.
Feature
Use search name to add Customers on the Sales documents. To learn more, see Search customer using search name.

1.7.115315.0
Sep 06, 2023

OUP

Hotfix
#132640
The Variance and Production Pick Variance fields are not updated in accordance with the warehouse activity in the warehouse pick line. The confirmation message does not function as intended while allowing over and under pick.

1.12.115161.0
Sep 06, 2023

SSC

1.25.116276.0
Sep 06, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#140673
An error occurs when trying to modify any field values on the Lines FastTab of the Sales Order page.

1.2.115754.0
Sep 05, 2023

CSP

1.35.115322.0
Sep 05, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#140006
The Empty toggle on the License Plate Card is not automatically turned on when the Undo Receipt action is performed on the Posted Purchase Receipt page.

1.3.115813.0
Sep 04, 2023

CLA

Hotfix
#142619
The Return Reason Code field is not editable when the Action Type field is set to Credit on the Purchase Claims page.

1.10.115183.0
Sep 01, 2023

NCF

1.12.115109.0
Sep 01, 2023

REP

1.12.115164.0
Aug 31, 2023

APR

1.24.115185.0
Aug 30, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#139235
An error is displayed when any action is executed from the Lines FastTab on the Sales Order page after updating the Quantity field for a sales line.

2.16.114722.0
Aug 28, 2023

EDI

Hotfix
#140447
When processing a document using the SPS 850 port, the value in the Unit Price (EDI) field is inherited from Business Central instead of from the inbound document.

1.18.114737.0
Aug 28, 2023

PAC

Hotfix
#142680
When a Posted Sales Invoice is canceled, the system creates additional lines for packaging items on the Posted Sales Credit Memo.

1.2.113837.0
Aug 23, 2023

CLA

Hotfix
#136376
When lines are transferred from the Sales Claims page to the Sales Return Order page, the value in the Return Reason Code field does not get transferred if the line's Action Type is set to Credit.

1.8.113942.0
Aug 23, 2023

COD

Hotfix
#140686
When the Aptean Trading Board extension is used in conjunction with this extension, an error occurs while creating a sales order from the Trading Board page.

1.33.113842.0
Aug 23, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#137484
On the Production BOM page, an error is displayed when selecting Certified in the Status field.

1.15.114193.0
Aug 23, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#140705
If an attribute value is set on the Item Attribute Values page before configuring it on the Production Scheduling Attribute Values page, the attribute value will be deleted from the Production Scheduling Attribute Values page when you revisit the Item Attribute Values page or open the corresponding Item Attributes FactBox.

1.23.113788.0
Aug 23, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#140412
After entering the Applied Sales Price and Discount on the Sales Order page, the system fails to update it and throws an error.

1.23.114064.0
Aug 23, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#140118
On the Applied Sales Price and Discount page, a confirmation dialog appears when updating Unit Price and Trade Base Price fields.

1.15.113422.0
Aug 23, 2023

TRA

1.28.113798.0
Aug 22, 2023

MWR

Feature
On the Physical Inventory Journals page, when accessed from the Mobile Physical Inventory List page, you can use the Update Item Tracking function to automatically set the item tracking lines for the records.
Feature
When using the Transfer Scan Entries to send scanned records from the Physical Inventory Journals page to the Mobile Scan Entries page, existing tracking lines for the items (which may contain incorrect data) are deleted and replaced by new lines with the appropriate data.

1.16.113808.0
Aug 21, 2023

ACM

Hotfix
#139062
An error occurs while attempting to change the Customer Name on the Sales Order page, and the system fails to inherit the associated Sales Comments from the Standard Comments page.

1.33.113274.0
Aug 17, 2023

PRM

1.14.113205.0
Aug 17, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#141025
Upon creating a production order using a Work Center with Capacity in decimal values, the system fails to provide access to the Production Order Scheduling page and throws an error.

1.4.112748.0
Aug 16, 2023

BOR

Feature
When moving backordered items from the Move To New Order and Move To Existing Order dialogs you can now choose to:
  • Archive sales orders using the Archive Before Move toggle.
  • Delete unshipped items using the Delete Lines with Zero Qty. Shipped toggle.
Feature
From the Move To New Order dialog, you can set a new location code for all backordered items you want to move.
Feature
The Qty. to Ship field for all moved lines in the source Sales Order will be cleared after lines are moved.
Feature
Any sales line items that have item tracking or reservation entries against them, will be prevented from being moved when using the Move To New Order and Move To Existing Order function.

2.5.112750.0
Aug 14, 2023

SFP

1.13.112698.0
Aug 11, 2023

PSG

1.15.112352.0
Aug 11, 2023

TRA

4.2.112342.0
Aug 09, 2023

CAW

2.15.112506.0
Aug 09, 2023

EDI

Hotfix
#140374
When copying a production environment to a new sandbox environment, the value in the Web Service API Key is not cleared.

1.5.112266.0
Aug 09, 2023

IOV

Hotfix
#135350
An error occurs when loading the Inventory Overview page if an Item has multiple units of measure. On the License Plate Overview page, items with multiple units of measure are not displayed.

1.34.112470.0
Aug 09, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#128099
The Main Item Quantity (Base) field displays incorrect quantities on the License Plate - Details FactBox of the License Plates page.

1.21.112490.0
Aug 09, 2023

OUD

Feature
Hide Business Central’s standard over-receiving fields to prevent users from confusing them with those provided by this extension. For more information, see Hide standard over-receipt fields.
Feature
Choose to respect the value set in the Allowed % Underdelivery field when using the Set Outstanding Lines to Under Delivery action. For more information, see Setup.
Feature
When posting a purchase order, it will be deleted if there are no outstanding quantities on any of the purchase lines.
Feature
Underdelivery is not allowed for lines in a sales, purchase or return order if the line has:
  • A reserved quantity greater than the quantity to ship/receive
  • Item tracking has been created for the original quantity

1.17.112413.0
Aug 09, 2023

PAC

Hotfix
#137566
When you close the Packaging Location Setup Wizard without clicking Finish, the Packaging Location field remains empty on the Warehouse FastTab on the Location Card page.

1.32.112530.0
Aug 09, 2023

PRM

Hotfix
#137116
On the Production BOM page, the Lines FastTab displays irrelevant records from the Co-Product FastTab.

1.13.112478.0
Aug 09, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#131686
On the Production Order Scheduling page, the system fails to calculate the correct value for Time Overlap based on the settings done on the Shop Calendar Working Days page.

1.15.112352.0
Aug 09, 2023

TRA

2.16.111547.0
Aug 08, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#128211
When posting a Receipt on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app, in Business Central, if you open the Item Tracking Lines page from the Purchase Order, the Lot Attributes do not appear in the FactBox.

1.27.110936.0
Aug 08, 2023

MWR

Feature
Use the login credentials for the login process in the mobile device on the Login Credentials FastTab of the Mobile Setup page.
Feature
Print the QR code of the login credentials in Word layout.

1.27.111629.0
Aug 08, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#128211
When posting a Receipt on the Aptean Mobile Warehouse app, in Business Central, if you open the Item Tracking Lines page from the Purchase Order, the Lot Attributes do not appear in the FactBox.

1.13.112273.0
Aug 08, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#135885
Upon executing the Split Production Order function on the Production Order Scheduling page for a Firm Production Order with more than one work center registered on the Routing page, the system displays the incorrect values in the Quantity field of the associated Split Production Order.

2.14.111632.0
Aug 07, 2023

EDI

Feature
When processing a sales order through the APTEAN850 (Inbound) port, the value in the description field in lines of G/L Account type will now be updated.
Feature
When processing a sales invoice using the APTEAN810 port, you can choose to get the value of the InnerPack fields from the Qty. per Unit of Measure in the Sales Order lines, even when the order is not processed through an inbound 850 port.
To enable this, go to the EDI Port Options page for the APTEAN810 port, and:
  • In the Code field, enter “INNERPACK_ITEMUOM”.
  • In the Type field, select Boolean.
  • In the Value field, enter “Yes”.
Feature
When processing a sales invoice using the APTEAN810 port, the outbound message will include a new AllowanceRate field in the line details. The value for this field is taken from the related inbound file. If this value is blank in the inbound file, it is derived from the lines on the relevant Posted Sales Invoice page, based on the Line Discount Amount and Quantity fields.
Feature
The acknowledgment codes IP (Price changed) and IQ (Quantity changed) for sales orders exported through the APTEAN855 port will be added if:
  • The value in the Quantity/Price field differs from the Quantity/Price (EDI) field in the document sales line.
  • The Quantity/Price (EDI) field is blank and the Quantity/Price field in the inbound file differs from the related field in the document sales line.

1.13.111482.0
Aug 03, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#135749
Upon changing the value in the Show Column As field on the Workload page, the system resets the defined filters.

1.33.111097.0
Aug 02, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#115851
While creating a license plate for partial quantity on the Item Tracking Lines page of the Released Production Order, the value in the Quantity (Base) field changes. This also occurs on the Item Journals, Purchase Orders and Warehouse Receipts.

1.0.111333.0
Aug 01, 2023

SCI

Feature
Set up preferred Scales and units of measurement. To know more, see Setup.
Feature
Setup Print Node application.
Feature
Test the validity of Integrated URLs and Credentials
Feature
Assign Scales to locations.
Feature
Test the integration between Scales and PrintNode application.

1.11.111078.0
Jul 28, 2023

LBL

1.14.110827.0
Jul 27, 2023

ISS

Hotfix
#136075
Upon filtering the Lot No. field values, the system fails to display the Inspection Status Code for the specified Lot No. on the Inventory Details page.

1.4.110790.0
Jul 27, 2023

IWO

Hotfix
#136930
The License Plate No. field is incorrectly labeled on the Inventory Worksheet page.

1.31.110844.0
Jul 27, 2023

PRM

2.31.109363.0
Jul 26, 2023

ILY

2.32.110375.0
Jul 26, 2023

ILY

2.32.110588.0
Jul 26, 2023

ILY

2.32.110791.0
Jul 26, 2023

ILY

1.4.110401.0
Jul 26, 2023

IOV

1.4.110828.0
Jul 26, 2023

IOV

Hotfix
#135656
It is possible to input random value in the Filter fields on the Inventory Overview page.

1.25.109455.0
Jul 26, 2023

LMT

1.32.110078.0
Jul 26, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#128100
An error occurs while creating the Inventory Pick/Put-away/Movements for an item with a license plate from the Purchase Order page. This occurs only when the Aptean Shop Floor Logistics extension is installed.

1.32.110658.0
Jul 26, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#116245
A warning message appears while closing the License Plate No. Information List page through Firm/Firm Planned/Released Production Order.
Hotfix
#120592
The Move License Plate page abruptly closes when the user reenters the value for the second time in the License Plate No. field.

1.32.110808.0
Jul 26, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#134277
Upon reassigning the License Plate No. for the Inventory Movements, the system fails to display the Expiration Date for the Action Type, Place.
Hotfix
#133852
When License Plate No. is assigned on the Warehouse Pick page, the system fails to display the License Plate No. for the Action Type, Place, if the same Item No. entered more than once.
Hotfix
#127988
Upon executing the Assign Lot No. function on the Warehouse Pick page for the Action Type, Take, the system fails to update the Lot No. for the Action Type, Place.

1.25.109362.0
Jul 26, 2023

MWR

Feature
Parse GS1 barcode for Catch Weight items during Warehouse Production Output activity. For more information, see Parse GS1 barcode during Warehouse Production Output activity.
Feature
Print License Plate label from Production Output for Catch Weight item.
Feature
Perform Production Consumption activity with License Plate and Lot tracked Catch Weight item. For more information, see Production Consumption for Catch Weight Item.

1.26.110138.0
Jul 26, 2023

MWR

Hotfix
#134388
When using the mobile app to scan license plates for pick items, the License Plate No. field on the Mobile Scan Entries page is blank for catch weight items, and an error is displayed.

1.20.110144.0
Jul 26, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#132906
An error occurs while selecting the item number on the Purchase document lines when the Aptean Over Under Delivery extension status is set to Invalid on the Subscription Overview page.

1.6.110714.0
Jul 26, 2023

OUP

Hotfix
#119218
When over pick is done for an item on the Warehouse Pick page, the system fails to apply the Allowed % Over-pick configured on the Production BOM page and throws an error.

1.16.110465.0
Jul 26, 2023

PAC

1.11.110687.0
Jul 26, 2023

PSC

1.12.110147.0
Jul 26, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#132891
When the value in the Name or Values field is changed on the Item Attribute page, the references to them on the Production Scheduling Attribute Values do not get updated.
Hotfix
#134369
On the Production Order Scheduling page, the No. Filter dropdown list is enabled, and shows a list of values, even when the Show Line As field is empty.

1.13.109491.0
Jul 26, 2023

QCL

1.14.110663.0
Jul 26, 2023

QCL

1.12.110023.0
Jul 26, 2023

SFL

Hotfix
#133818
The Logistical Date-Time field on the Shop Floor Activities page is calculated incorrectly when a Purchase Order has values in both the Expected Receipt Date field and the Promised Receipt Date field.

1.13.110384.0
Jul 26, 2023

SFL

2.4.110715.0
Jul 26, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#112022
The Default Output Quantity (Base Unit of Measure) field values on the Item Card are not populated correctly in the Quantity field while registering the output on the Register Output page.
Hotfix
#129106
An error occurs if a username with more than 50 characters is entered in the Office365 User field on the Office365 Users per Work Center page.

1.22.110783.0
Jul 26, 2023

TMT

Feature
Delete the trade plan rates exclusions that are set for the items, locations, shipment methods, vendors, and customers.
Feature
Create trade plans for packaging types and use them in sales and purchase orders to determine the pricing for shipping containers on the Document Trade Lines page. This feature works only when the Aptean Packaging extension is installed.
Hotfix
#130885
The trade plan rates are not considered when the manual price is applied to the sales line.
Hotfix
#135686
The trade plan line discount is not taken into account when assigning the lot number to the sales line using the trading board function.
Hotfix
#135653
When the specified manual price is frozen for a sales line, the associated trade rates are deleted.

1.13.109212.0
Jul 26, 2023

TRA

Feature
Enable the Trip No. feature by turning on the Enable Trip No. Feature toggle on the Transport Setup page. This adds the Trip No. as an additional key during the creation of the transport request. To know more, see Trip No. Setup.
Feature
Assign a unique trip number to each transport request. When you release the document, a separate transport request will be created for each combination of Location Code, Shipment Date, and Trip No. values. With this, you can split a document that is too large to fit into a single transport order.
Feature
Split the existing transport request and assign them to a new or different Transport Request using the Split Transport Request function. This is achieved by providing the New Trip No. for the existing Transport Request to split or extract a specific line from it. To know more, see Split Transport Request function.

1.14.110536.0
Jul 26, 2023

TRA

2.2.110139.0
Jul 26, 2023

TRB

Hotfix
#134624
An error occurs on the Item Tracking Lines page when a Lot No. is reused on multiple lines of the document.

1.12.109504.0
Jul 20, 2023

REP

Feature
Print the Certificate of Analysis report. For more information, see Certificate of Analysis.
Feature
View the Manufacture of Date value on the printed report. This value displays the original production date of the items in this lot which is inherited from the Production Date field on the Lot No. Information Card page.
Feature
Print the Transport reports with the following Report IDs:
Version Report ID
Business Central 2022 60132/60133
Business Central 2023 60133

2.13.108881.0
Jul 17, 2023

EDI

Feature
A new non-editable Quantity (EDI) field has been added to the Sales Order lines. This field is updated when the Quantity field is changed through the inbound APTEANEDI850 or APTEANEDI860 port.
Manually setting a value in the Quantity field on the Sales Order page will not affect the Quantity (EDI) field.
Feature
A new outbound APTEANEDI943 port can be used from the Warehouse Receipt page by choosing Actions > EDI > Send Receipt.
The header data for the outbound file is taken from the source document (Purchase/Transfer/Sales Return Order), and line details are taken from the Warehouse Receipt. You can enable the APTEANEDI943 port for a location by navigating to the relevant Location Card page and on the EDI FastTab, selecting APTEANEDI 943 in the Receipt Port Code field.
Feature
A new inbound APTEANEDI944 port has been added, which can receive an XML or flat file for processing warehouse stock transfer receipts.
Feature
The inbound APTEANEDI945 port will now process a document containing lines with missing Line No. values if the relevant line has a value in the Link No. field. However, an error will be displayed if any line in the document is missing both a Link No. and a Line No.

1.31.108604.0
Jul 14, 2023

LPL

1.24.108625.0
Jul 14, 2023

MWR

3.1.108864.0
Jul 14, 2023

apteanpay

Hotfix
#135874
Upon executing the Apply Payment Method function on the Sales Order page, the system displays an incorrect value for Pre-Auth Status.

2.15.108078.0
Jul 12, 2023

AAT

Hotfix
#130473
An error is displayed when changing the Item Category Code field on the Item Card page.

1.15.108318.0
Jul 12, 2023

ACM

Hotfix
#131941
On the Standard Comments page, after saving a new entry, the system restricts the user from editing the Notify User, Show in Warehouse Document, and Show in Production Order fields.

1.2.107018.0
Jul 12, 2023

AWH

Enhancement
On the Item Tracking Code Card page, the Warehouse Tracking toggle automatically updates when the Specific Tracking toggle is turned on/off for the lot, package, or serial no.
Enhancement
On the Item Bin Content page, the Max Qty. and Min Qty. fields can be added with the Personalize function.

4.1.107146.0
Jul 12, 2023

CAW

1.4.107307.0
Jul 12, 2023

CHP

Hotfix
#127329
Upon executing the Advanced View function on the Harvest Order page, the system fails to process the request.The system restricts the user from entering a value in the Item Category field on the Harvest Order page.

1.4.108454.0
Jul 12, 2023

FOR

Hotfix
#129265
If the user enters a date for a specific item on the Demand Forecast Matrix FastTab of the Demand Forecast Overview page, the system prevents this and displays an error message. This occurs if the item has already been assigned a date for the future weeks.

2.28.107096.0
Jul 12, 2023

ILY

2.30.108287.0
Jul 12, 2023

ILY

2.30.108354.0
Jul 12, 2023

ILY

1.11.108228.0
Jul 12, 2023

LBL

Hotfix
#128337
An error occurs if the length of the code or the text between fields in the Table Link Setup page differs while setting up the labels.

1.30.107913.0
Jul 12, 2023

LPL

Hotfix
#129145
On the Inventory Movements page, the system fails to update the License Plate No. and Lot No. for the Action Type Place based on the changes in Action Type Take. The same error occurs on the Warehouse Pick page.

1.19.108304.0
Jul 12, 2023

OUD

Hotfix
#125294
An error occurs when executing the Undo Receipt function on the Posted Purchase Receipt page.

1.15.108401.0
Jul 12, 2023

PAC

Hotfix
#127612
When a Posted Sales Invoice is canceled, the system creates additional lines for packaging items on the Posted Sales Credit Memo.

1.30.107188.0
Jul 12, 2023

PRM

1.10.108529.0
Jul 12, 2023

PSC

1.11.108162.0
Jul 12, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#132884
An error occurs while changing the production order status to Released on the Production Order Scheduling page for the nl-BE, es-ES, de-DE, and de-CH translations.

1.11.108204.0
Jul 12, 2023

SFL

Hotfix
#131467
The system allows to perform the Create Multiple Whse. Documents function on the Shop Floor Activities page even when multiple order lines are selected initially but subsequently deselected until only one order line remains selected.

2.2.107199.0
Jul 12, 2023

SFP

2.3.108523.0
Jul 12, 2023

SFP

Hotfix
#130884
When the Post Time Shop Floor toggle is turned off, the system directs you to post the time entries while finishing the Released Production Order.

1.6.107833.0
Jul 12, 2023

STM

Hotfix
#131147
When the AssistEdit button is selected in the Table No. field of the Status Management Flow page, table values are not displayed on the Status Management Table Selection page.

1.21.108064.0
Jul 12, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#131143
The Purchase Trade Cost Summary page displays the wrong currency symbol in multiple fields.

1.21.108392.0
Jul 12, 2023

TMT

Hotfix
#130558
The Line Discount % field for Sales Order lines gets cleared when updating price using the Trading Board.

1.12.107656.0
Jul 12, 2023

TRA

Hotfix
#132235
An error is displayed when a user changes the Requested/Promised Delivery Date field on the Sales Order page if language is set to Dutch (Netherlands) or Dutch (Belgium).

2.1.108435.0
Jul 12, 2023

TRB

Hotfix
#130558
The Unit Price is calculated without the Line Discount % when a lot number is assigned.

23.500.106684.0
Jul 10, 2023

AWC

23.500.106892.0
Jul 10, 2023

CDM

Hotfix
#243675
Not able to create a New Customs Document from the list

1.11.107856.0
Jul 10, 2023

PSG

Hotfix
#131142
The production order quantity is calculated incorrectly when executing the Split Production Order action on the Production Order Scheduling page.
Hotfix
#131148
An error is thrown when executing the Split Production Order action on manually created orders on the Production Order Scheduling page.

2.2.108148.0
Jul 10, 2023

SFP

Enhancement
View the information related to the batching process.
Enhancement
Use the default batch consumption and default batch output quantities during input and output registration.
Hotfix
#114453
When selecting the lot number on the Register Input page, the Lot no. field displays incorrect quantities.

1.10.107811.0
Jul 08, 2023

LBL

Hotfix
#133005
The time format displayed on the Label Output Files page is incorrect.

1.30.107832.0
Jul 08, 2023

LPL

1.1.107135.0
Jul 07, 2023

CLA

Hotfix
#129113
When a Sales Return Order is created from the Sales Claim for items with Action Type Return, the system fails to inherit the Return Reason Code. On the Sales Claim page, for items with Action Type Credit, the system restricts the user from editing the Return Reason Code field.

2.12.107173.0
Jul 07, 2023

EDI

Feature
New acknowledgment codes have been added in EDI messages (in the LineItemStatusCode field) for modifications to the lines on sales orders exported through the Aptean855 port:
  • DR: Requested Delivery/Shipment Date fields updated
  • IC: New sales line added or multiple fields updated in the same line
  • IP: Price field updated
  • IQ: Quantity field updated
Feature
When processing sales invoices through the Aptean810 (Outbound) port, the invoice discount value is retrieved from the relevant inbound file. In case the discount value is not found on the inbound file, it is obtained from the relevant Posted Sales Invoice page.
Feature
When processing sales invoice lines for Resource or G/L Account entries through the Aptean810 (Outbound) port, the values in the No. fields are replaced with the relevant EDI Value set on the EDI Translations page. If no translation is set up, the value from the inbound file will be used.
Feature
When processing sales orders through the Aptean940 (Outbound) port, the value for the GTIN field is retrieved from the relevant Item Card page. If an inbound order with a GTIN value is used, then that value will be used instead.
Feature
On the EDI Messages page, you can update the attached flat file using XML data by going to Actions > Functions > Convert XML to Flat File.
Feature
You can set new variables to the name of the flat file generated when the Process action is executed on EDI messages. To read more see File Name Variables.

2.29.107777.0
Jul 07, 2023

ILY

23.500.107265.0
Jul 06, 2023

AOW

Hotfix
#243901
Fix - AOW - Whse Bulk Put-Away - Keep Prefered bin and item description in selected lines
Hotfix
#212635
Fix - AOW - Warehouse Receipt - Sales Return and Purchase Order - OWM Entries - LPNs are not entered in the License Plate Tracking
Hotfix
#246277
Fix - AOW - Error when moving picked items from one LPN to another LPN
Hotfix
#245349
Fix - AOW - Returnable Items - Posted Purchase and Purchase Return Orders should be visible when incoming empties were posted
Hotfix
#244255
Fix - AOW - Reschedule License Plates - Transport validations on Shipment Bin
Hotfix
#243820
Fix - AWM - Purchase Return Order - Destination Address is not taken over to the LPNs
Hotfix
#243643
Fix - AOW - Pick needs to support 2 different processes on AutoFEFO bins
Hotfix
#243521
Fix - AOW - Bin Replenishment - Item Exclusivity does need to prevent incorrect proposals
Hotfix
#243271
Fix - AOW - Index Error in Last step functionality
Hotfix
#237536
Fix - AOW - Allow scanning of multiple LPNs before scanning Vehicle Code in Shipment Load List
Hotfix
#233733
Fix- AOW - GS1 Label with identifier (01) is not processed correct in Physical Inventory

23.500.106645.0
Jul 06, 2023

AWM

Hotfix
#246886
Rules should not block Cancel nor Reschedule functions
Hotfix
#245653
The Rescheduled items warning appears on the wrong moment
Hotfix
#244427
Reschedule License Plates - Transport validations on Shipment Bin
Hotfix
#243895
Do not check on License Plate Status rules in a pick when we have a full pick combined from mix pick quantities
Hotfix
#243885
AWM fields not added to pick when we have a full pick combined from mix pick quantities
Hotfix
#243109
Physical Inventory Journal - AWM fields are not updated in the Bin Content when creating new Bin Content

20.202301.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

CMG

23.300.100847.0
Jul 06, 2023

CMG

23.500.105948.0
Jul 06, 2023

CMG

Hotfix
#243813
Loans - Create Pay back should never suggest more than the loan balance
Hotfix
#238772
Journal Lines (partial payment) should not be split when posting groups of payment and applied entry are equal
Hotfix
#243012
Issues in the general journal
Hotfix
#247544
Loans - Loan pay back and pay out jnl line do not get the source code

18.202201.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#205258
AL validation error in sales line for Assemble to order item.
Hotfix
#206843
When posting warehouse shipment, get message sales order must be equal to Open in sales header.
Hotfix
#208910
Change Key fields in a released order may require to recalculate charges.

18.202203.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#213970
Common functions charge lines (VAT Calculation type) conflict with US Sales Tax.
Hotfix
#214014
Fix the Rounding Up function on EMG Item Classifications.
Hotfix
#214882
Recalculate Attached Lines when Unit of Measure is changed in Document Lines.

20.202205.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#218562
Fix error on sales lines when the item has no Empty Goods Code.
Hotfix
#218654
Rounding Up in Item Classification is not applied correct .
Hotfix
#215519
Fix error on create sales order from customer list or customer card.

20.202207.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#220115
Blocking error on Empty Goods Statement.
Hotfix
#220902
Fix move negative lines standard function to calculate EGM charges .
Hotfix
#221690
Common Functions - commit - rollback error in vendor order with split deposit invoice.

20.202209.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#225134
Document lines should be deleted when the type of the document line is changed.

20.202211.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#231131
Quantity shipped is wrong for empty goods, and Qty. Per is not equal to 1 and posted with warehouse activities.

20.202301.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Feature
Select the Search icon , enter Locations, and then choose the related link.
Feature
Select the desired Code
Feature
On the Empty Goods and Deposit Management FastTab , in the Empty Goods Location Code field , select a location code if you want sales and purchase lines with an empty good item (field Is Empty Good = yes on the item card) should be posted on that location, else leave it blank.
Feature
Create a sales order or return order with a location in the header.
Feature
Create a line with an empty good item, it will get the Empty Goods Location Code from the location of the header.
Feature
Create a line with an item that is not an empty good, it will get the location from the header.
Feature
Create a purchase order or return order with a location in the header.
Feature
Create a line with an empty good item, it will get the Empty Goods Location Code from the location of the header.
Feature
Create a line with an item that is not an empty good, it will get the location from the header.

23.300.100844.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#242772
Posting partial warehouse shipments gives error on deposit charges.
Hotfix
#240059
Deposit Amounts for Items in Sales Lines with a Free Reason Code get 100% Line Discount after posting the Warehouse Shipment.

23.500.105382.0
Jul 06, 2023

EGM

Hotfix
#239950
Is Empty Good Item should not set the Inventory Value Zero to TRUE when selected.
Hotfix
#223852
Incorrect dimension values in attached lines for TAX & EGM before/after release (or copy document).
Hotfix
#244198
Unit of Measure on deposit lines should not be changed on warehouse posting.

1.1.101055.0
Jul 06, 2023

EUT

23.500.106971.0
Jul 06, 2023

EVT

18.202111.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#194908
Not able to change Customer on Sales Order after calculating Drink-it lines
Hotfix
#199316
Get Return Receipt Lines issues
Hotfix
#200949
Customs Documents - misc. small issues -
Hotfix
#201835
Not able to send approval request on Sales and Purchase Documents anymore
Hotfix
#202816
Formula for calculation remaining ABV*L - attempted to divide by 0
Hotfix
#203684
Fix error on posting purchase document when Calc. Inv. Discount is enabled
Hotfix
#204083
Double charge lines with "Create Corrective Credit Memo" function in Purchase

18.202201.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#204738
Changing the Consumption UOM and Quantity should update the item UOM
Hotfix
#209053
Get Posted Doc lines to reverse function gives Line no already exists error
Hotfix
#208237
Register 3 Non-Global or Shortcut Dimensions on the Item Card

18.202203.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#209091
Set Foundation UOMs and Strength on item cards when history exists - part 2
Hotfix
#211302
Remaining Volume fields calculated wrong in Item Ledger Entries
Hotfix
#211959
Add Currency Code to Gross Net Price List

18.202205.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

18.202207.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Feature
Select the Search icon , enter Drink-IT Foundation Setup, and then choose the related link.
Feature
On the Application FastTab, select the Sync. Sales Shipment Date to Posting Date field and the Sync. Purchase Receipt Date to Posting Date fields as necessary.

20.202209.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#223553
G/L Entry already exists error when undoing a purchase receipt & return shipment with condition ledger entry accruals posted to G/L
Hotfix
#224713
Common functions - posted document lines contain false volume info
Hotfix
#227020
UOM Calculation wrong with weight & volume and synch item card (and history afterwards)

20.202211.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#227965
FND - Attached charges are not posted using drop shipment
Hotfix
#231838
Factbox Balance by Posting group does not filter well anymore when drilling down
Hotfix
#231908
Posting group should be uneditable once applied (gen. Jnl, Sales/purchase header)
Hotfix
#232886
Solve Item Charge Assignment for TAX and SPC in the new BC Qty. To Handle field

20.202301.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#233893
Blanket order enhancement (FND) (a.o for Events) - findings
Hotfix
#236116
Solve Item Charge Assignment for in SPC Periodic Settlement documents in the new BC Qty. To Handle field

23.300.100800.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#239371
Create Corrective Invoice - Financial Invoice to correct (show uncompleted corr. fin)
Hotfix
#241300
Common functions - Missing tax-egm attached lines on spc item promotion per document & mix-match per item/document
Hotfix
#240843
Gross Net Price List does not calculate prices for the Transport UOM when the customer setup is Default (Yes)
Hotfix
#242293
"Recreate Entries" Option on Gross Net Price List Calculation Does Not Remove Existing Prices

23.500.105336.0
Jul 06, 2023

FND

Hotfix
#243033
Hotfix
#243615
Hotfix
#245920
Hotfix
#245892
Hotfix
#245771

1.3.107321.0
Jul 06, 2023

IOV

23.500.106994.0
Jul 06, 2023

MFB

18.202111.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#177476
Missing fields on the condition ledger entries page
Hotfix
#203211
Wrong CDM check when deleting a sales order

20.202205.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#214552
Suggest settlement should ignore the start-ending date of rule setup to filter condition entries
Hotfix
#214841
Periodic settlement - Net-Gross% - should always be allocated based on item (sales/purch) amount actual
Hotfix
#214850
Periodic settlement - Calendar periods not calculated well
Hotfix
#214854
Wrong recurring quantity calculated with promotion (Free item)
Hotfix
#214898
Free item type member does not work per item and per document anymore
Hotfix
#215033
Periodic settlement net% suggest gives error when two or more date period "on hold" journal lines are calculated (completed invoiced and not) for a rule
Hotfix
#216617
Wrong system rule filter when opening the condition rules page
Hotfix
#217003
Periodic settlement - Min. amount criterion not calculated well
Hotfix
#217142
Dimension classification filters does not work with blank or without using dimension code
Hotfix
#217438
Conditions customer's rules are not calculated anymore
Hotfix
#217664
Conditions date should be based on exp. receipt date instead of requested receipt date
Hotfix
#218046
General and VAT product posting group should come from item when the item charge or G/L account dos not have a Gen/VAT product posting group
Hotfix
#218167
Periodic settlement journal and conditions jnl do not handle rates per item/UOM well
Hotfix
#218330
Periodic settlement - Posting no. series not filled well
Hotfix
#218377
Create condition ledger entries from condition rules - missing document type for only purchase-purchase rules
Hotfix
#218437
Missing VAT posting group while posting sales/purchase expected condition line
Hotfix
#218662
Periodic settlement - wrong quantity in condition ledger entries for over and under minimum rules

20.202207.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#221703
Periodic Settlement - Based on vendor error
Hotfix
#221258
Periodic Settlement - Discount Amount may not be -0.01 error
Hotfix
#220272
Suggest condition settlement lines should not check dimensions and relations anymore

20.202209.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#217656
Purchase conditions not calculated for rules with a starting date
Hotfix
#221821
Wrong SPC column property (default) in almost Document & Posted Document List extended page type
Hotfix
#223333
Periodic Settlement - % based on indirect sales amount
Hotfix
#223414
Source No not correct in settlement of Condition ledger entries
Hotfix
#223446
Periodic Settlement - G/L Entry already exists error when undoing a purchase receipt & return shipment with condition ledger entry accruals posted to G/L
Hotfix
#225257
Condition lines are not calculated with Gross Net Price list and multiple customers
Hotfix
#225474
Error on Sending Approval Request for Sales Order Credit Limit Approval Workflow (Order Entry)
Hotfix
#225570
Create corrective credit memo error from posted invoice with normal condition & periodic settlement
Hotfix
#225620
Missing unit price on promotion items per item
Hotfix
#226533
Error when changing the Qty to Ship on a free promotion item line
Hotfix
#227265
Not able to post reverse accruals (skipped)
Hotfix
#227807
Create settlement document (purchase credit memo) in periodic condition journal uses customer number instead of vendor number
Hotfix
#227951
Get Posted doc lines and similar functions - Quantity to receive for SPC lines not ok after change of location
Hotfix
#228012
Blocking error (missing General Product Posting Group) on posting the reverse of an accrual in the periodic settlement journal.

20.202211.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#227935
Periodic Document SPC lines should be included in the functions Get Posted doc lines and similar
Hotfix
#228458
Calculation code filter error in conditions rule page
Hotfix
#228461
Net% Discount based on recurring min qty calculates UOM wrong
Hotfix
#229227
The Condition Customer No. is empty when a new customer is created
Hotfix
#231300
wrong classification dimension values/filters while renaming any Dimension value code
Hotfix
#232889
Solve Item Charge Assignment for TAX and SPC in the new BC Qty. To Handle field

20.202301.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#233504
Recurring Min. qty UOM does not work fine for promotion free item and promotion discount
Hotfix
#233660
When recurring minimum rate, Calculate minimum 'Over' calculates as 'Under'

23.300.100868.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#239033
Condition journal - Nothing suggested where it should
Hotfix
#239102
Condition journal - suggest and post for only changed rules
Hotfix
#235464
Unit Price/Direct Unit Cost in Sales-Purchase Line is not correct when Sales/Purchase UOM of item is not equal to Base UOM and Price Calc. Unit of Measure is filled in

23.500.105872.0
Jul 06, 2023

SPC

Hotfix
#245584
Based on item type Same, in condition rule - the wrong amount in settlement jnl.
Hotfix
#245533
Periodic settlement - wrong sign in condition journal for % settlements on return orders
Hotfix
#244076
Priority policy Once should not skip other calculation codes
Hotfix
#244979
Bug warehouse receipt error from sales return order
Hotfix
#244226
Conditions periodic settlement - Should summarize (header) by Payment method and Payment terms of the rules
Hotfix
#242649
Condition periodic settlement error when the same item is multiple times in a shipment, lot tracked or not
Hotfix
#239381
Fix filter issues in Sales and Purchase Condition Rules when using Include-Exclude Rules

18.202111.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#196609
Customs Documents - misc. small issues
Hotfix
#203211
Wrong CDM Check when deleting a sales order

18.202201.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#201534
AL validation error in sales line for Assemble to order item
Hotfix
#207010
Tax relations are not updated on Ship-To Address after update the Default Tax Classification
Hotfix
#207122
Tax relations are not updated on Order-To Address after update the Default Tax Classification
Hotfix
#208214
Tax Classification field on Customer and Vendor not OK
Hotfix
#208309
Tax by bin conflicts with LOG and AWM
Hotfix
#208907
Change Key fields in a released order may require to recalculate charges

18.202203.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#208806
Tax Amount should not be calculated on untaxed rule
Hotfix
#211126
Update history in tax ledger entries when strength is changed on Item Card
Hotfix
#213710
Common functions charge lines (VAT Calculation type) conflict with US Sales Tax
Hotfix
#214887
Recalculate Attached Lines when Unit of Measure is changed in Document Lines - Copy

20.202205.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#168121
Not possible to set up Tax on Ship-to Address
Hotfix
#218029
Fix error on create sales order from customer list or customer card. (TAX)

20.202207.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#218919
Posting Preview (TAX) does not show the preview tax entries anymore after FND's single hook improvement
Hotfix
#220313
Blocking error on Tax Reports - Copy
Hotfix
#222916
Fix wrong calculation of positive tax ledger entries in the AC4 declaration

20.202209.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

20.202211.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#229988
Quantity Received is 0 for Tax Charge lines in purchase orders with warehouse receipts.
Hotfix
#232891
Solve Item Charge Assignment for TAX and SPC in the new BC Qty. To Handle field

20.202301.0.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#204446
Tax by bin - Wrong excise type place bin in Warehouse Put-away
Hotfix
#233692
Tax by bins should also post tax entries from Inventory Movements (Internal- and Warehouse movements)
Hotfix
#235147
Tax by bins - excise type not filled in item bin content
Hotfix
#236721
Don't create a Tax Charge line when the Amount in a Document Tax Line = 0.00 according to the General Ledger Amount Rounding

23.300.100879.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#242289
Inventory Valuation Incl. Tax Report shows wrong values for transfers: decrease is increase and Location Filter not correct
Hotfix
#237350
Update Tax Document No. 1 in BE AC4 Declaration not correct

23.500.106046.0
Jul 06, 2023

TAX

Hotfix
#246873
Inventory Valuation Incl. Tax Report shows wrong values for transfers: decrease is increase and Location Filter not correct
Hotfix
#244079
Not able to post tax to G/L when the automatic cost posting creates G/L entries
Hotfix
#245912
Tax by bins - No tax entries for Internal movements on Directed Pick & put away location

1.14.92962.0
Jul 01, 2023

TMT

Feature
Choose whether the Trade Partner should be derived from the trade plan itself or from the involved source document, using the Trade Partner Source. For more information, see Trade Plans.
Feature
Apply a specific trade plan to a certain group of trade partners. For more information, see Trade Plans.
Feature
Link the trade partner group to a trade partner, from the Trade Partner Groups List page. For more information, see Trade Partner Groups.
Feature
Add a trade partner to the customer/vendor and assign percentage of the accrual amount to be allocated for each Trade Partner, from the Trade Partner Allocations page. For more information, see Trade Partner Allocations.
Feature
Control which Trade Partner(s) receive the accrual amount in relation to a specific source document. For more information, see Document Trade Partner Allocations.
Feature
Specify the allocation percentage for both Sales and Purchase documents.
Feature
Copy the Document Trade Partner Allocations record using theMake Order action.
Feature
View the records of the Document Trade Partner Allocations on the Posted Document Trade Partner Allocations and Document Trade Partner Allocations Archive pages.
Feature
Use the Copy, Correct, Cancel, Create Corrective Credit Memo, and Move Negative Lines actions to include document trade partner allocations records in a new document.
Feature
Copy the existing trade plan by using the Copy Trade Plan action.
Feature
View Trade Cost Summary for Customers/Vendors on both Sales and Purchase Order pages. For more information, see Trade Cost Summary.
Feature
View, create, and issue the Trade Statements for one or more trade partners. For more information, see Trade Statements.
Feature
View the records of the issued trade statement on the Issued Trade Statements Lists page.